Modules NIM

Description

Key features

• Modules NIM
• Préamplificateurs et PMT
• Accessoires (câbles, connecteurs…)

Technical specifications

=

exp {– Σ Qj / n} [1 – U(τne – τe) Σ qj / n] (5)

A

-927

B

–200 50 <20 <1 ac 0 to –5

C

+20

E

–12 MeV

Q

The module responds with Q = 1

X

The module responds with X = 1 memory. The command F(17)·A(1) writes to

Z

Initializes the module. Clears while clearing memory. Segment 0

a

anode Fig. 1. Simplified Schematic Diagram of ORTEC Model 266 Photomultiplier Base.

n

n j = i +1 k = 0 k = o

BN

B15 B15 B14 B13 B12 ADC in the readout chain to initiate the the mode by the F(26)·A(2) CAMAC command,

GI

0.25 μs 5 μs 74k c/s 2.3 keV

N1

1

Pi

n1 qi

Qi

n1 Qi Qi

V.

PMT base; +2000 V maximum. spectroscopy amplifier. For timing signals

Vo

–19 6 44 mV

n1

N1

n2

n2 j = i + 1

qi

Qi i –1 –1

tL

n1 (n1)

®

(NIM/488),” DOE/ER-0457T, U.S. NIM committee,

1,2

CLR input External Clear input5. See also LEMO C

2 2

25

5:1

7.6 18.0 59.4 7.3 18.0 45.6

7,8

CLR output Clears all ADCs after the readout cycle is REO initiates a CLR, if bit 4 of the Control

= [

+ ] (33)

A11

EASY-MCS Windows Maximum 2.7 years

ADC

The ADC includes sliding scale linearization and <2 μs REAL TIME/LIVE TIME: Multiples of 20 ms.

BIN

connecting power cords that are RECOVERY TIME <100 μs to return to

F30

F30 Enter special mode to program the FPGAs

Net

male plug, 12-ft length

SCA

1 MHz

USB

5 (five) USB 1.1 Host Connectors

V =

(1)

a 1

9:100 ratio.

bin

a single-width NIM module that adds 6 V

+6 V

12 A –6 V 12 A

0 pF

295 rms electrons <340 rms electrons POWER CABLE 3-m (10-ft) captive power

10:1

±0.5 ±2.0 in attenuator network for precise walk locking toggle switch is in the EXT position,

142A

0 1.60

142B

1000 19.00

142C

Preamplifier (for 400 to 2000 pF)

20:1

8.4 26.0 8.4 23.0 40.0

265A

Photomultiplier Base

418A

Universal Coincidence

425A

Nanosecond Delay

427A

Variable delay of linear signals from 0 to 4.75 μs in 0.25-μs steps. 1-wide NIM

50:1

±1.5 ±2.5 adjustment setting. Note: The normal operating the rear-panel STROBE IN BNC connector

550A

Versatile, economical, general-purpose counting.

556H

High-Voltage Power Supply

572A

No ±1 to Semi- 0.5, 1, 2, 3, Gated; auto PUR noise Manual (1-wide NIM)

575A

No ±5 to Semi 0.5, 1.5 and Gated, with No Manual (1-wide NIM)

583B

1 NIM-1 20 MHz 50 ns SCA, CFD, ARC, 0.2 External Upper and lower level discriminators

590A

No ±5 to Semi- 0.5, 1.5, and Gated, with No Manual Incorporates

9,10

GATE output Gate to all ADCs on the FERA bus. (F16 A4).

919E

921 92X-II NOMAD-Plus

920E

92X-II

ADC1

Indicates activity for ADC-1. ASPEC-927 Dual 16k ADCs in a single wide NIM.

ADC2

Indicates activity for ADC-2. Includes MAESTRO-32 and 10-ft. USB

ADCs

Successive-Approximation type with sliding scale INPUTS: Accepts positive unipolar,

ADIT

Burle (formerly RCA) Hamamatsu Phillips Electron

BASE

Net 0.63 kg (1.4 lb)

BUSY

Busy input used by live-time correction circuits. Accepts

Bias

Bias

C-75

Female-to-female RS-232-C null modem cable (3-meter length).

C-80

Male-to-female RS-232-C extension cable (3-meter length).

Dual

±1250 Gaussian and 3 μs auto Amplifiers in a

FWHM

Constant Timing Resolution (ns)

GAIN

Equivalent

GATE

Coincidence, Anti-Coincidence, Off.

Gain

Impedance Noise Rise Time Range

Gate

Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y

IN A

counter is being displayed.

Line

delay-line Separate delay

Note

Limit to 25 m total length for each USB device. For a digiBASE or microBASE , up to

Qi =

(17a)

R1 =

(27)

Ri =

(15a)

Stop

Ge Coax, 12.5%, 62.3 cc

TACs

relative delays from 0 to 63.5 ns with INPUTS (4) 50 Ω; either polarity; 1500 V

Vo =

(4) determined.

from

Replace/Sum Data acquisition operates in the Replace mode

i.c.

internal connection

qi =

(17b)

r1 =

(29)

ri =

(15b)

time

edge, or leading portion, of the pulses. A absolute maximum input 50 V; impedance

μs.

internally to dynode 10.

σPi

1 1

σQi

σqi 1

σtL

σn1 1

–2

produce an output of ~1000 Hz on all

–9

–5 Fig. 3. Simplified Schematic of the AC-Coupled Charge-Sensitive

(50%)

constant fractions

(TA).

CFD-DELAY-30 ns Delay plug-in for 6, 12,

*Note

FWHM = 2.35 x rms.

+10 V

through an input linear gate, stretches PERFORMANCE

+12 V

4 A –12 V 4 A CIRCUIT PROTECTION Both input power

+24 V

0.5 A

+Vacc

Pulsed Start Stop on a 9308 picosecond TIME

1 MHz

0.16 0.5 1.6

100:1

±2.0 ±3.0 mode is the X1 position. accepts a positive NIM-standard input,

142AH

7 x 10–2 206 electrons at 0 pF <12 at 100 ±7

142IH

5 x 10–2 223 electrons at 0 pF <50 at 100 ±7

200:1

±2.5 ±4.0 DELAY Front-panel screwdriver 10-turn nominally +5 V, 500 ns wide, to cause an

25 Hz

1.0 3.0 10.0

4001A

4001C

4001C

NIM Bin (with copper bus bars)

4002A

96-W Power Supply

4002P

48-W Portable Power Supply

449-2

Log/Lin Ratemeter with audible

5 ns.

to the input when driving a

920-8

921E DSPec OCTETE-PC

920E*

No Yes No 15 μs 4k 16 input (shared ADC)

99X-1

RS-232-C Interface option (cable not included).

99X-4

Internal +6 V Supply option.

Argon

26.4

CAMAC

FERA Driver, Memory and Histogrammer

Clock

1 MHz crystal controlled internal clock ±50 ppm in

Delay

±1000 double line clip. invariant unipolar output

Depth

205 mm (8.1 in.). Includes 28.6 mm (1.13 in.) BC

F0 A0

Readdac read 12 bit DAC (register is 24 bits, r/w) F5 A0 FASTrdhist FASTCAMAC level 1 read of histogram

F0 A1

Readcsr read control register memory

F0 A2

Readreqd read request delay register

F0 A3

Readgatw read test gate width register F8 A0 Testlam test LAM (LAM set when FIFO becomes

F0 A4

Readclrw read FERA clear width register

F0 A5

Readblks read histogram readout block size register F9 A0 F9fbclr send FERA bus CLEAR (width from width

F0 A6

Readmult read multi histogram address register

F0 A7

Readgto read gate time out

F0 A8

Readbdl read busy end delay

F0 A9

Readvsn read 8-bit VSN for special headers and

F1 A0

rdmemry read memory at address counter, increment

F1 A1

Readaddr read address counter F16 A6 Writemult Write multi histogram register

F1 A2

Rdmnobmp read memory at address counter, no F16 A7 Writegto Write gate timeout register, 40 ns LSB

F1 A3

Rdhistmode read histogram mode register F16 A9 Writevsn Write 8-bit VSN for header and trailer

F1 A4

Rdhistmask read histogram mask F16 A11 Writepp Write ping-pong register, 40 ns LSB

F1 A5

Rdhistsize read histogram size F16 A12 Writeleds Write LED selection register

F2 A0

ReadFIFO read next word from FIFO, Q = 0 when F16 A13 Writextout Write external output selection register

F2 A1

RdFIFOcount read number of words in FIFO

F2 A2

Readgatcnt read number of gates since last reset,

F2 A3

Readgatcnta read number of gates since last reset, F17 A1 Writeaddr Write memory address counter

F2 A4

Readreqcnt read number of FERA requests since last F17 A4 Wrhistmask Write histogram mask

F2 A5

Readreqcnta read number of FERA requests since reset,

F2 A6

Readclrcnt read number of FERA clears since last F24 A1 Disa0 disable Gate/Request/Clear detection. See

F2 A7

Readclrcnta read number of FERA clears since last F24 A2 Disa1 disable Gate/Request/Clear detection. See

F2 A8

Readhdrcnt read number of FERA headers since last F25 A0 Sendtestgate send gate to FERA control bus, width from

F2 A9

Readhdrcnta read number of FERA headers since last F25 A1 Incrmemaddr increment memory address counter

F5 A1

FASTrdFIFO FASTCAMAC level 1 read of FIFO memory

F9 A1

F9data reset data FIFO and counters

F9 A2

F9hist reset histogram data (this takes 200 ms)

F9 A3

F9addr reset memory readout address counter to

F9 A4

F9all reset everything, like C or Z

FWHM*

rms* Linear Bias Bias

INPUT

Accepts positive unipolar, positive gated integrator, or ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

Input

Fast negative NIM logic pulse Slow positive NIM, or fast negative NIM

Meter

<2% of full scale.

Model

Description

Modes

Asymmetric window, Window, normal Window, normal Window or integral Window, normal

ORTEC

EASY-MCA-2k/8k™

PMTs.

through the contacts of the auxiliary a 50-Ω coaxial cable. For single-photon

POWER

Positive 12 V with up to 8 W power capacity. Mains

Plug.

Plug. one SHV female plug and one MHV

Ports

Ports

SMA50

50-Ω SMA Terminator (male).

Start

Subsequently, the threshold is

Style

Begin-End, Begin-Mid-

Value

LED A (0–5) LED B (6–11) Description up to 2.4 ms. (The default is zero, which disables the time-out.)

Width

134 mm (5.25 in.)

cable

ENERGY output, RG-71A/U or

exp {

} [1–U(Tne – Te) ]

gain.

switch selects gain factors of 5, 10, 20, 100, LIM PUSH BUTTON Inserts a diode limiter in

mode.

Model 935 is shipped from the

modes

screwdriver adjustment to set the width of the

n Δt

n Δt

qi Qi

i –1 i – τe–1

range

This time stamp word is used to track rollovers in the 21-bit

rear.

output voltages change <±0.02%/°C over AC Power ON condition when illuminated.

sweep

these characteristics and to assure (referenced to –12 V).

time.

adjacent to the Walk Adjust potentiometer, UPPER LEVEL (UL) Rear-panel BNC

width

5 ns (FWHM). Input impedance: 50 Ω. front panel per DOE/ER-0457T. To order, specify:

word.

two pins in row 16. Pins 33 and 34 in row 17 are connected to

–10

–8

–19

6

• 2

1 Fine Gain control

(V ac)

(V ac)

+1 V).

Model 551 resets its internal logic without

1 kΩ.

within the output pulse width W

1 μs.

connector accepts preamplifier operating

100 Hz

0.5 1.5 5.0

100 pF

or heavy-ion detectors. This requirement

121-C1

Preamplifier Power Cable

1988).

headers on each end for the NEXT (PASS) to CLR

30–0

Current time in microseconds

401-C3

Module Extender Cable

500 Hz

0.7 2.0 7.0

50°C.

C-36-12 RG-59A/U 75-Ω Cable with two SHV

920-16

926

B51B01

4900 PM55 XP2202 9266K

B51C01

S83006E R877 9305K

B51D01

6655A R594 9256K

B76B01

S83013F R878 9265K

B76C01

S83020F R1512 9273K

B89B01

S83021E R1513 9274K

B89C01

S83022F R1612 9306K

B89D01

S83025F R1791 9390K

Bit 11

not used, reserved bits 15 to 19 of the histogramming base address. For

C-24-1

30 cm, 1-ft length C-25-2 0.61 m, 2-ft length

C-24-2

0.61 m, 2-ft length C-25-4 1.2 m, 4-ft length

C-24-4

1.2 m, 4-ft length C-25-8 2.4 m, 8-ft length

C-24-8

2.4 m, 8-ft length C-25-12 3.7 m, 12-ft length

CF8000

8 NIM-1 20 MHz 50 ns CFD, ARC 0.4 Internal, Auto-walk adjust, Special outputs

CMC203

FERA Driver, Memory and Histogrammer

Cable.

2-m length. female, 25 conductor; 0.61-m (2-ft)

Case 1

∆t << Td

Case 2

Td << Δt, with Counts Essentially Constant Across Δt

Case 3

Td ~ Δt

Case 4

Counting Rates Vary Significantly Across Δt

Energy

Fraction E >100 keV E = 1332 ±50 keV

GG8020

Octal Gate and

Height

34.9 mm (1.38 in.)

INPUTS

OUTPUTS

L51B01

5819 R208 XP2203B 9272K

Manual

Manual

Number

Max. Pulse-Pair

Output

Gain Comments

P20171

81% 1.97 34 5.5 27.0 4.7 13.8

Sample

discriminator threshold can be

Supply

Delay = 90% of TAC (TAC) Pulse-Height Analyzer

Timing

Amplifier

USBEXT

USB Active Extension Cable

V51B01

6342A R550 XP2412B 9250K

V76B01

S83019F R1507 9269K

WEIGHT

Delay Generator

Weight

A35-B32 ScintiVision advanced analysis software for identification

a 2000

1 dynamic range using 0.1% tolerance

count.

are on rear-panel, 50-pin Amplifier Input

cycle.

connector (AMP 1-103326-7) accepts the digitized ADC outputs

event.

determined by the Clear Width Register

format

N/C No connection. SWITCH. In the Readout Control mode, the

i –1

i – τe–1

input.

to:

option

suppression

panel.

outputs must be terminated in 50 Ω for proper

plugs.

one BNC male plug; mates

price.

threshold control, which typically gives as

pulse.

<25 μV. two BNC male plugs; 6-in.

range.

FINE GAIN Front-panel, 15-turn screwdriver adjustment to

ranges

is ±10 ps for a 10-ns period and is CALIBRATION PERIOD INSTABILITY

rates.

variation of full-scale window width over the

second

The unique, circular front-panel meter range; ≤1% on the 105 and 3 X 105 ranges.

times.

the spectrum when using the unipolar

t–Te

t–Tne

≈ qi

for qi /n << 1

0 to 10

2 outputs

2.5 MHz

0.1 0.3 1.0

250 kHz

0.3 1.0 3.0

5 to 10

detector. Consequently, low-level signals

928-MCB

MCB portion of the instrument only (No Counter/Timer features). Includes MAESTRO MCA Emulation

9310-16

Sixteen Channel Fast Amplifier

A11-B32

UMCBI Programmer’s Toolkit

ADC LLD

Computer controlled from 0 to 100% full scale.

ADC ULD

Computer controlled from 0 to 100% full scale.

B133C01

R1847-07

B133D01

R1836 9275K

BNC/SMA

BNC to SMA Adapter with male BNC and female SMA

Bits of

Inputs per 16-bit Max. 32-bit Max. 4

C-24-12

RG-62A/U 93-Ω Cable with two BNC male plugs; 12-ft length

C-25-12

RG-58A/U 50-Ω Cable with two BNC male plugs; 12-ft length

C-36-12

RG-59A/U 75-Ω Cable with

CONTROL

analysis; Zo = 1 kΩ, ac-coupled.

DPM-USB

Dual-Port Memory to USB Interface Converter

Dynamic

Walk (ns) ATTN X1, X10, X100 Front-panel switch input protected to ±24 V.

F0 A11.

pulses indicating the beginning and end of the event to an external

FTA820A

Octal Fast Timing Amplifier

General

Model 142IH, a general-purpose, economical choice.

LE, BKO

cable

Logic 0

–1.8 V –0.9 V

Logic 1

–0.9 V –1.8 V

Methane

29.2

N20366A

88% 2.34 36 5.8 21.2 5.5 16.4

N30526A

73% 2.05 34 5.4 19.4 3.7 8.8

OUTPUTS

To order, specify:

Outputs

TTL and Fast Slow positive NIM Slow positive NIM

PRESETS

leading bipolar +10 V; +12 V maximum; semi-

Package

Time Range Start/Stop Input Calibrator Period

Pi = R1

= = (31)

Presets

live-time operate normally, but no counts are stored in memory.

Pulser.

the LL threshold.

SMA/BNC

SMA to BNC Adapter with male SMA and female BNC

Toolkit

Supports Environment Minimum 6.55 ms

Trigger

Internal,

USB Hub

USB Hub

USB-2.0

Standard USB connection via a supplied 10-ft.

V133B01

R1848-07 7696

WEIGHTS

SHV female plug and one MHV

a anode

the Model 265A Photomultiplier Tube Base. The magnetic

address

F16 A5 Writerblks Write histogram readout block size register

between

the cathode and focus electrode, the focus electrode and the

bipolar

jumpers) discriminator (1-wide NIM)

charge.

preventing application of transients to the input

counter

timer and counter and may be used in counts are to be preset and the time

f focus

signal; it also isolates the sides of the PMT from ambient

follows

Input Impedance 50 Ω.

jumper)

31(msb) TimeStampFlag (0=Normal Data, 1=Time

length.

Optional Software/Hardware

or TACS

type of signal in 1-ns steps from 0 to 63

outputs

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY ≤±0.02%/ °C,

package

a low-power, adjustable, high-voltage supply, an active transistor regulated. Feedback regulation is also applied to the

product

8 X 107 MeV2/s.

supply.

PMT SOCKET TRW 3B14. Fits the standard JEDEC B14-38

warmup.

heat sink temperature exceeds 82°C to warn DOE/ER-0457T.

window.

UL OUT Rear-panel BNC connector provides

±10 V.

mode operations are available only using your own custom

–3 kV

be derived from the mating connectors

(fixed).

ADC LLD Screwdriver potentiometer adjusts

1 WRDCNT

0 0 0 VSN HM413 must be disconnected from the ECL

1 and 2.

Discriminator, etc.). Coaxial Cable with

927-OPT1

Female BNC adapter cable for Sample

ADC GATE

Optional TTL input with computer selectable Shipping: 2.3 kg (5 lbs.)

Accuracy

within ±100 ppm over the operating temperature

Acq Mode

Sum,

Benefits

Features

C31000M.

adjustment of the voltage distributed to preamplifier, such as the ORTEC Models

COMPUTER

SHOW_ALARM DISPLAY TEST Push-button switch illuminates all

CONTROLS

open or shorted coaxial cable on the BIAS

Computer

source in the range of +12 to +15 V at

DIGIBASE

digiBASE with MAESTRO MCA

DIGIDART

Yes No Yes USB N/A 16k

DSPEC-50

Yes No Yes Ethernet/USB N/A 16k Dead Time Corrections, Low Frequency Reject

DSPEC-LF

Yes No Yes USB N/A 16k SMART-1 Compatible

Detector

Use Timing

EASY-MCS

EASY-MCS™ with software and documentation

Ethernet

10BASET RJ45 single connection

FEATURES

DIMENSIONS

Features

Features:

Fig. 1).

Model Description

Humidity

0 to 80% non-condensing.

Includes

Includes:

Livetime

up to 8.5 x 107 seconds in steps of 20 ms proper startup.

NIM bin.

board DIP switch selects whether or from a detector for constant-fraction

Negative

Negative

REGISTER

Assigns an input connector to be used for the

Realtime

up to 8.5 x 107 seconds in steps of 20 ms

SRT, BKO

cable

See http

//www.ortec-online.com/download/Application-Note-AN56-

Shipping

5 lb, 2.27 kg

System A

Using an ORTEC Model 460 the linear trailing edge plus the output Delay

System B

Using an ORTEC Model 570, 571, function. positive NIM-standard output, nominally +5 V,

Variable

0 to ±2 V

bipolar)

RC integration

capacity

0, 100, 200, 500, or 1000 pF.

channels

continuously adjustable output delay,

cleared.

processed. The data that matches this register

command.

driving source must be capable of sinking 5

counts/s

± >3.5 ns wide

coupled.

ORTEC Model 556 High-Voltage Power Supply C-27 Terminator, 100 Ω, BNC male plug

dynodes.

use.

method.3

30 μs. Zin = 1000 Ω, dc-coupled. No internal baud maximum, with modem control.

module).

3341 8-Input, 12-Bit Charge-Integrating

outputs.

supplying a TTL output. It is also possible

overload

overload

provided

FAST, MED, and SLOW. When scale per °C, 0 to 50°C.

purpose.

detectors.

reached.

plugged in, it furnishes a rear-panel, 25-pin,

s shield

light. The magnetic shield complies with standard

seconds.

1 to 99,000,000 can be used.

signals.

Slewing Rate Dependent on input rate; for

to 1500.

SPECTRUM SHIFT Peak position shifts V; active filter shaped; dc-restored, dc level

unipolar

prefilter discriminator module (2-wide NIM)

voltage.

accommodating external meter in each output

–Qi Te

qi (Tne – Te)

• Gain

200

(10-turn)

(10-turn) (10-turn) jumper (10-turn)

0–2 001

1 modified 4301, with 2k FIFO

0–2 011

3 1M FIFO mode, CAMAC readout

0–2 100

4 16 bit histograms

0–2 101

5 32 bit histograms

0–2 110

6

1 minute.

connector accepts NIM-standard fast negative when the Gate input is not held below +1.5 V

103 cc 10

1 8.4 24.0 7.9 17.0 30.0

15,16 PSI

input Pass input5 from last module on FERA bus.

296-ADAPT

Signal Break-Out Adaptor

8-3/4 in.

19 in. 21-1/4 in. 58 lb 41 lb

ASPEC-927

No Yes Yes USB <2.0 μs 16k Dual MCA, Zero Dead Time Correction

Amplifier

unipolar, (PWB noise single module

CLEAR_ALL

SET_MODE_EXTERNAL channel exceeds the capacity of the counting channel.

DSPEC-Pro

Yes No Yes USB N/A 16k Corrections, Low Frequency Reject Filter, LIST

Dead Time

Shorter than the cycle time. (The timer

Fine Gain

7-input models.

HV Supply

coupling +1100 V. Focus

I/O Delay

Delay from Start to leading edge of Width Switches: Nine decade switches from 50 ns

Low state

–1.63 to –1.95 V –1.48 to –1.95 V

M = Σ qj

(10)

Model No.

Model No.

NIM Width

2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1

Number of

Output Output ac/dc (for each Input Comments

Operating

Time Span (Full Memory Length)

SRT Modes

total delay is ≈0.8 ns plus the

Time Base

1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz N 10 MHz 10 MHz

Time Dead

Max.

Time base

The time base clock can be derived from any of the external

Walk (ns)

adjustment for precise setting of walk external strobe the output occurs at the time of

analyzer.

WEIGHT

billion).

unipolar, positive gated integrator, or positive-

commands.

Bits 0–2, Operating Modes:

constants

of the Model 575A, coupled with its low

covers 62

1 amplitude span for normalization

detector.

remains the normal input for the preamplifier

detectors

commonly used detectors such as HPGe, Gated Mode, a printed wiring board

for a 100

1 input dynamic range.

functions

satisfy the logic requirements of most positive TTL logic pulse that is suitable

impedance

50 Ω ac, <1000 Ω dc to ground. Diode clamps

included.

dc offset. Front-panel mounted.

increment

F16 A8 Writebdl Write busy end delay register, 40 ns LSB

manually.

†

of 1 μs.

16 mA; –24 V, 16 mA; for PMT base, +2000 V

operation

(a) the Monitor mode, and (b)

or –NIM

Stop Gate

over a 50

1 dynamic range. SHAPING TIME Six-position switch on the

restorer.

linear into a 50-Ω load. Output dc-coupled with

rmax,ac =

m f

selected.

CONTROLS

shaping).

with Z <10 Ω provides a +5 V logic pulse for

t = i Δt

(3)

the ADCs.

and REO connectors require construction of

to 1 GHz.

0.5-m length

to 4 μs.

To order, specify:

unipolar;

high BLR and % (2-wide NIM)

σqi = qi

(14)

(CCNIM™)

CCNIM™ (computer-controlled NIM) panel), the counting interval is terminated

0 to 4096.

ADC ZERO Screwdriver potentiometer

001000 Ren

Ren

001001 Psi

Psi

001011 LAM

LAM

1 to 1500.

noise, by an internal circuit. 570 Amplifier

1–11 μs

(10-turn)

52.6 cc 10

1 4.2 13.6 4.2 10.5 23.4

62.3 cc 10

1 4.5 13.2 4.4 9.4 17.8

928 only).

Counters 1–4 Setup Options.

>4 ns wide

suppression

ADC Inputs

SWITCH. In the Readout Control mode, the

All-in-One

Stand Alone

Auto reset

When this box is marked, the timer counts up to its time preset then automatically resets to zero and continues

COUNT RATE

per DOE/ER-0457T.

Conversion

Module Counts Counts

D = δ Δt

(12)

DC Maximum

DC Maximum

DC Voltage

Current

DIGIBASE-E

Yes No Yes Ethernet <2.0 μs 2k

DIMENSIONS

NIM-standard double width module

Dimensions

Compact

Dwell Time

Replace The data set from the current pass replaces the

Equivalent

Output

Excitation

9327

F(9)·A(0)

Causes the Model HM413 to

F(9)·A(1)

Generates a Clear signal (CLR) the data. In some cases the ADC with VSN1

Gain Drift

<150 ppm per °C units are used in a list mode application, the limited

Gate input

The gate can be set as

High state

–0.81 to –0.98 V –0.81 to –1.13 V

INDICATORS

the BIAS SHUTDOWN input for compatibility ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

MS 24 bits

F17 A3 Wrhistmode Write histogram mode register

Model 710.

and prevent the collection of faulty data.

Model Type

Features ion pair) pF pF (ns at pF) (V) (MΩ) (Volts)

Neg input.

INH output during the reset interval of a –24 V, 105 mA; +12 V, 150 mA; –12 V,

Net Weight

1-lb. (0.45-kg), shipping weight 5-lb. (2.27-kg).

P/N 735110

4001A/C Retrofit Kit,

Pin Number

DC Voltage

Rear Panel

Rear Panel Rear Panel

Resolution

Delay E >100 keV E = 1332 ±50 keV

SMA58-0.15

RG-58A/U (50-Ω) Coaxial Cable with SMA connectors, 0.15-m length

Time Range

Stop

amplitude.

0457T.

analyzers.

output provides <+0.4 V in the quiescent state,

any supply

adjusts the output voltage with a control

connector.

operation.

d1 – d10

dynodes 1 to 10

dc-coupled

capacitive coupling and 12th dynodes including Hamamatsu R329 length

expertise.

switch permits selection of the optimum

fraction.)

biasing (an input of 0 to –10 V on this

histogram.

readout, the ADC issues an REQ signal. and an ECL input (see REQ). The input

inverting.

Model Description

male plug.

121-C1-X-S Preamplifier Power

or current

devices. The Model 556 is housed in a

per Module

1 2 4 8 16 GATE output is enabled for the Coincidence

the input.

C-25-12 RG-58A/U 50-Ω Cable with two

to ±25 V.

baseline restorer thresholds, or the pile-up

triangular

Auto or discriminator preamplifiers

(W1 to W8).

Configuration Register is a 5-bit register that

0 to 50°C.

with unity Gain or Attenuate by a factor of 5.

0.3 to 1.0.

provide delay line clipping of the input pulse.

000000 Full

Busy Default status CLEAR is asserted at the end of the time-out interval

000010 Busy

Busy

001010 Full

Full (FIFO is full)

14th dynode

01, R2059. Phillips XP2020,

2. Polarity

Positive or Negative.

4001A/4002A

NIM Bin and 96-W Power

4001A/4002D

NIM Bin and 160-W Power Supply (with ±6 V, ±12 V, ±24 V)

4001C/4002D

NIM Bin (with copper bus bars) and 160-W Power Supply (with ±6 V, ±12 V, ±24 V)

4001C/4002E

NIM Bin (with copper bus bars) and 300-W BLACK MAX™ Power Supply (with ±6 V, ±12 V, ±24 V)

Acquisition

mark regions-of-interest, and to read out peak centroids and gross

Application

CF8000 583B 584 935 9302 9307 9327

Assignments

end for the PASS to CLI connection.

CO4020 Quad

414A Fast 418A Universal

Capacitance

Noise

Coarse Gain

Gain settings of 1,3 and 9 (controlled by Bit Description

Connectors.

module in a remote location using the 4002P

Counter (C)

and C Dual or Quad C and C and C and C

DATA MEMORY

512 kb. Accepts TTL signal; signal must occur prior to peak

DPM-M32-USB

DPM-USB with MAESTRO software

Delay Range

None 0.1–1.1 μs 0.1–1.1 μs None None

EASY-MCA-2K

Compact stand-alone 2k-channel MCA. Includes MAESTRO, 10-ft. USB interface cable,

EASY-MCA-8K

Compact stand-alone 8k-channel MCA. Includes MAESTRO, 10-ft. USB interface cable,

Fast-Filter

100, 200, and 100, 200, and ±500

GAIN Unity.

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

Input Level

Fast negative NIM negative NIM Slow positive NIM Slow positive NIM

Input noise

<20 at 0 pF

Model 9301.

POWER REQUIRED +12 V, 30 mA;

NUCLIDE MDA

Stops data collection when the value of

Nuclide MDA

input. Computer-selectable Coincidence or

PERFORMANCE

PRESETS

Performance

be transmitted to the computer. The bits of the word are

Photodiodes

710 Quad 0 to ±100 V or 0 to ±1 kV, 20 μA

Pulse Width

C-USB-HUB-7B 7 Port USB Hub

Pulse width

nominally 0.5 μs

Quad Timing

and optional and optional; ±250 invariant ±6 V power

Reset input

A counter may be reset from the main screen by selecting

Sensitivity

Rise Time Linear

Spectroscpy

±1500 integrator 2, 3, and or manual discriminator and Gaussian and

Temperature

0 to 50 °C.

Time preset

Enter the duration of the event as a multiple of the currently selected Time base (e.g. a time base of 0.1 s and a

Veto Inputs

Accept fast negative NIM logic and (whichever is greater). At high rates the flashing

amplitudes.

input can be used to cause an SCA

attachments

(4.35 in L x 1.03 in H x 7.2 in W)

be used for

time derivation, pulse-height The best known example is the difference

connection.

Gamma Spectrometer with Single Port

connectors.

with a 2 A fuse on the 100 and 120 V ac

eliminated.

RATED OUTPUT CURRENT 0–100 μA.

input pulse

width. The combination of functions permits the width of output pulses to be

or ungated.

resistors installed. The termination resistors

performance

shaped output signal is particularly well-

pulse width

selecting or inhibiting linear signals

rear panel.

Ordering Information

resolution.

data sets from the previous passes.

to –1.5 V

eliminated. The internal pulse shaping in

wide range.

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY ≤±0.05%/°C.

σQi= Qi ki

(12)

(CONNECTIONS

2000/XP/7

(for example

2000 ns) and the counting rate varies insignificantly during the dwell time of a bin, then one can transform equation (6)

0.2 to 10 V.

its power from a standard NIM bin/power

001100 Empty

Empty (FIFO is empty)

10-ns period

CALIBRATION PERIOD ACCURACY The

107 counts/s

the counting rate of randomly arriving included for use with strip chart

266 PMT Base

+2500 ≤1.67 Negative signals Pos signals External control All 10-stage PMTS that fit 5.6-cm (2.2-in.)

269 PMT Base

–3000 ≤2 Negative timing Pos linear signal Voltage adjust for 14-stage PMTs that fit 7.6-cm (3-in.) diam,

276 PMT Base

+2000 ≤1.67 Negative signals Preamplifier External control Same as Model 266 5.6-cm (2.2-in.)

300 ps FWHM.

full scale. THRESH test-point jack permits monitoring the setting

4. Impedance

Choice of 50Ω or

6ft AB Cable

6ft AB Cable

= 1 + R1 Td=

(28)

BUSY LED (B)

Green, front-panel LED normally indicates the

C-USB-HUB-4B

4-port powered USB hub

C-USB-HUB-7B

7-port powered USB hub

Cable Length

5 m (16.4 ft)

Cable Shield

Aluminized wrap foil with 28 AWG drain wire and copper mesh over foil

DSPEC-Jr-2.0

Yes No Yes USB N/A 16k Low Frequency Reject Filter

Differential

Pulse Shaping Time Baseline Pile-Up PZ Comments

ENABLE Input

The SMA connector accepts a TTL signal,

ENABLE_ALARM

SHOW_MODE condition for all counting channels provided the Gate

ENABLE_LOCAL

SET_RADIX_BINARY DWELL TIME Single-turn control with a switch at the

Enable input

Software Individual Enable starts the counter from the Easy

F26 A1 Enab0

enable Gate/Request/Clear detection.

F26 A2 Enab1

enable Gate/Request/Clear detection.

FULL LED (A)

Yellow, front-panel LED normally indicates when

High-Voltage

Converter Multichannel

Histogrammed

ECL RQO output.

Input/Output

Female 37-pin D-connector with captive 5 meter (15-ft.) USB cable.

Left (+) Pin

Right (–) Pin

MCS-PCI-OPT2

Fan-Out Cable

Model Number

Description

Module Width

NIM-1 NIM-2 NIM-1

Offset Drift

<50 ppm of Full-scale range per °C Number of List Mode Units per Computer: When multiple

Output Delay

<70 ns to >10 μs 100 ns to 110 μs

Output Width

<70 ns to >10 μs 400 ns to 4 μs

PERFORMANCE.

17- by 2-pin headers (3M 3414-6006 or AMP 499498-9) spaced

POWER SUPPLY

a range of 0 to 50°C. turn off if the internal heat-sink

PREAMPLIFIER

energy analysis, Z = 93 Ω, dc-coupled.

Pass Control

Pull-Down Menus

Preamplifier

ANODE OR TEST Rear-panel, BNC connector functions as either the

Pulsed Laser

Timing Discriminator Delay Computer The Model 9327 provides two fast-

Ramp Control

Services Provides menu access to user-defined Job programs,

Reset Inputs

Accept fast negative NIM logic +12 V, 17 mA; +24 V, 40 mA; –24 V, 18 mA.

SECTION 5 IN

Accepts positive TTL or Fast negative

Shaping Time

Bipolar shaping adjustable under computer bandwidth of the USB bus sets a practical limit on the

Spectroscopy

±1500 Gaussian 6, and auto noise separate manual protection for

Start Inputs

LEMO 00 connector inputs accept

Td = τd Δt

(4c)

Te = τe Δt

(4a)

Ts = τs Δt

(18)

U(τe – i)

= 1 for τe – i > 0 (7)

USB-CONC-110

5-port USB to Ethernet converter – 110V/60Hz

USB-CONC-220

5-port USB to Ethernet converter – 220V/50Hz

VSN REGISTER

Holds the unique, 8-bit, VSN identification

applications

bandwidth (BDW), output dc offset (DC), mounted.

currents are

±0.1% of the rated voltage for all dc outputs for supply. Although the ORTEC Model 4001A

indications.

Nonlinearity ≤±0.15% from 10 to 3 X 10

input modes.

value. This feature provides short-circuit and

input signal

also be used for timing with other solid-

logic pulses

amplitude adjustable from 2 to 10 V; delay

of operation

linear and logarithmic. The LINEAR RANGES 11 ranges from 10 to 106

performance.

valid information from the TAC output.

temperature.

includes an Off position to set the pulser at

±5 V total.

DIMENSIONS NIM-standard single-width

(unipolar and

and 0.25 μs

+6 V Required

N Y Y Y Y Y* Y* Y

000001 Enable

Enable

000011 Busreq

Busreq

000100 Buswst

Buswst

000101 Buswak

Buswak

000110 Extwst

Extwst

000111 Extwak

Extwak

001101 Fifo14

Fifo14 (1M FIFO is 1/4 full)

001110 Fifo12

Fifo12 (1M FIFO is 1/2 full)

001111 Fifo34

Fifo34 (1M FIFO is 3/4 full)

142B, OR 142C

Model Description

265A PMT Base

–3000 ≤2 Neg. timing signal, Pos linear signal Voltage adj for 12-stage PMTs that fit 7.6-cm (3-in.) diam,

8.6% HPGe 1.1

1 6.4 12.6 29.1 6.5 14.1 29.6

<3 ns for 100

1 dynamic range using

<±0.05%/°C.

and decay time controlled by the Integration

Amplifier and

and semi- 6 μs semi- noise level set by fine; Gated-integrator

CH 1 & 3 Gate

Accepts positive TTL or Fast negative

CH 2 & 4 Gate

Accepts positive TTL or Fast negative

Cavity-Dumped

Photodiode 1-GHz Amplifier and9327 Nanosecond425A Personal

Configuration

PASS to REN connections. FERAbus (ECLbus) with the HM413, the

Counter input

A counter input can be used simply as a pulse counter, or

DATA OVERFLOW

Terminates data collection when any

DISABLE_ALARM

SHOW_COUNTS <MASK>

DISABLE_EVENT

SHOW_COUNT_PRESET

Data Transfer

Data Transfer:

Detector Type

Model Function

Discriminator

discriminator and rate

ENABLE_REMOTE

SET_RADIX_DECIMAL

F0 A10 Readvn

read FPGA firmware version number

F0 A11 Readpp

read ping-pong register

Hz operation.

voltage.

Monochromator

PMT 1-GHz Amplifier and adjusted until the associated LED is

N = negative.

In the Remote mode, the computer can

PMT Base with

voltage regulation Zo ~ 1 kΩ; internally connected supply adjustable diam, 17-cm (6.7-in.)

Power Adapter

Power Adapter

Register Bits

Number of Channels per

Software Base

Microsoft Windows

TIME SLEWING.

time slewing as a function of input pulse amplitude. Adjustable

Td = tss + td

(19)

The units are

rmax,ac in s , Vm in volts, ε in eV, E in MeV, Cf in

Time Interval

Triangular Gaussian

Timer module.

features). (no MCB features). (no MCB features).

Timing Filter

100, 200, and 100, 200, and ±250 invariant

USB INTERFACE

The USB 2.0 to PC as data transfer speeds

Zo ~ 1.1 MΩ;

Zo ~ 1.2 MΩ; for focus voltage standard 14-pin sockest diam, 10.2-cm (4-in.)

compensation.

strobe signal.

dynamic range

with slow-rise-time reject, and leading- rear-panel BNC connector.

gating pulses

polarities (i.e., +2 to +10 V and –2 to –10 V).

j = i – τe

j = i – τne

preamplifier.

4.6 at 100 1270 at 100 <50 at 100

pulse widths.

negative logic signals to trigger the delayed

qi = Qi exp {

} (16)

readout mode.

positive logic; 1-k Ω input impedance). The

requirements.

INPUT/OUTPUT RATE 20 MHz maximum.

the detector.

from 0 to 50°C.

the same dial

a 0 to 5 kV output, and a 0 warmup sensor. A board-mounted jumper

turn trimpot.

separately select the desired input polarities following functions: Count, Stop, Reset,

(Odd Numbered)

(Even Numbered)

(must deliver)

(must respond to)

0.5 μs for 50

1 dynamic range, including either positive or negative pulses with rise

100 to 500 mV.

50-pin D connector to

12.5% HPGe 1.1

1 5.0 10.0 5.0 9.5 17.6

19.6% HPGe 1.1

1 7.9 16.4 8.1 16.0 27.3

296 ScintiPack

+1100 Active dynode Negative signals Preamplifier Internal HV Same as Model 266 5.6-cm (2.2-in.)

4-PORT USB HUB

7-PORT USB HUB

928 Log/Linear

10 counts/s <70 ns Yes No NIM-1 Programmable controls

ANALOG OUTPUT.

Supply. The power required is +12 V at 95 mA,

BNC connector.

non-condensing.

CAMAC COMMANDS

histogram in the first half of memory must be

CH 2 & 4 Carry

Provides a fast NIM output when the END MARKER: Negative NIM level output (–800 mV).

DIGIBASE-PKG-1

digiBASE with MAESTRO and

F0 A13 Readext

read external output selection register F16 A1 Writecsr Write control register

F0 A14 Readeto

read event time out register F16 A2 Writereqd Write request delay register, 40 ns LSB

F24 A0 Disalam

disable LAM

F26 A0 Enablam

enable LAM

Input Coupling

ac-coupled with passive, dc-coupled, or ac-coupled with

Integral mode.

protected to ±24 V. module 3.43 X 22.13 cm (1.35 X 4.714 in.) per

Low Speed Mode

1.5 Mbs (when used with a low-speed peripheral)

MAX RESOLUTION

16k: 16,384 channels, software

Max Rate (MHz)

25 200 100 250 20 100 100 100

Maximum Number

produces an external Readout Request, signaling that at least

Negative Input

Y Y Y Y N/A Y Y Y

No Termination

OFF OFF - - - - - -

POWER REQUIRED

+6 V, 0.7 A; –6V, 0.9 A

Positive Input

Y Y Y Y N/A Y Y Y

Power Required

+6 V, 350 mA; –6 V, 225 mA; +12 V,

Rise/Fall Time

<2 ns. End Marker and provides a manual Reset.

SCA Sweep Mode

Yes

SGL/REP Switch

Switches mode of operation for

Specifications

Ordering Information

Timing Single-

unipolar; switches) discriminator (1-wide NIM)

Tne = τne Δt

(4b)

Type of Signal

Analog or logic Analog or logic

and Ionization

Timing Discriminator

been selected.

Ordering Information

blocking mode.

OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH RANGE

cable segments

cable segments

connector. Net

0.6 kg (1.3 lbs.)

for Desorption

1-GHz Amplifier and ANALYZER, a 4002P Portable Power

interpolation.

rear-panel binding posts 1.5%.

linearization.

positive gated integrator, or positive

maximum, 20 V.

mode switch on the rear panel is in the EXT

of ADC Modules

one ADC in the FERA loop is requesting a readout. See also the

of the output.

462 output for the Off position or enables the

pulse currents

Integrator was designed to accurately

resolving time

coincidence unit that allows fast 3 ac-coupled coincidence inputs (A, B, C) of

shaping delay.

input signals from 0 V to –10 V without

tenth segment.

jumper in the ORTEC mode. Net 0.90 kg (2.0 lb).

the FERA loop.

completion terminates REO. Termination of

the Model 994.

desired LED is illuminated.

time constant.

output, with an output impedance of 1 kΩ. Intended for driving a 50-Ω

vacuum failure

detectors. It can also be used with overload or vacuum shutdown has

±1.0 ±2.0 10

1

±2.5 ±4.0 50

1 potentiometer or the voltage signal applied to –16 mA (–800 mV on 50-Ω load); width

• 0 to 10 mA

chambers, semiconductor detectors, RESETTABILITY Output voltage can be reset

• Connectors

1 "B" Root Port; 4 "A" Device • Connectors: 1 "B" Root Port; 7 "A" Device

• DC outputs

+12 V @ 1 A, –12 V

• DC-coupled

several separate instruments. A patented*

• Economical

±10 V into open circuit; ±5.1 V into 100-Ω

• Small size

polarity is the same as bias polarity).

(2-in.) length.

microdot male plug; 0.61-m (2-ft) length.

(default mode).

(12 bits, 40 ns resolution, 160 microseconds maximum). Read

426 Linear Gate

542 Linear Gate and Stretcher

50ºC. Humidity

0 to 95%, non-condensing.

9,10 WSO output

External write strobe output . See also

Basic Model 994

35 mA 115 mA 1300 mA 110 mA

Basic Model 995

20 mA 110 mA 700 mA 75 mA

Basic Model 996

25 mA 50 mA 475 mA

Conversion Gain

1024 channels

DB463 Delay Box

425A Nanosecond Delay

DPM-UPGRADE-USB

DPM-USB and CONNECTIONS Driver Update

Delay Amplifier

Used to align arrival times of linear and logic signals.

Delay Generator

Generator

External Strobe

No Yes Yes No No

F0 A12 Readleds

read LED selection register F16 A0 Writedac Write 12 bit DAC, 0 to 10.2375 V

F0 A15 Readexin

read external input selection register F16 A3 Writegatw Write test gate width register, 10 ns LSB

F10 A0 Clearlam

Clear LAM

F17 A0 Writemem

Write memory at address counter

FERAbus readout

ADC within the module. Depending on

High Speed Mode

12 Mbs (when used with high-speed peripheral)

Horizontal Axis

Cubic

Input impedance

nominally ≥1000 Ω

Logic Functions

AND, OR AND, anti-coincidence Majority AND, NAND

Plage dynamique

Large

Pulse Amplitude

Decay Time Constant of

STOP_COUNTER n1

Where n1 is the index of Counter 1 to 4 or Timer index 1 to 2.

Unipolar Output

accept either positive or negative pulses with 572A Amplifier

Voltage Current

Voltage Current range or for a change of load current from Model 4002E Power Supply, the Model 4001C

Vout = 50 Iin A

(1)

assignments are

The Model HM413 is compatible with the

chart recorders

of 150 mV to 10 V. In many cases, this 100 mV, 1 V, or 10 V.

differentiation

rate spectroscopy capability. The Model 579 combines continuously

for both modes.

full scale per °C.

four components

the input field effect transistor (FET), the total Fig. 4. Noise vs. External Capacitance for a Typical

n1 Δt tL n1Δt

tL Δt

operating modes

all input signals not >5000 Ω; BNC connector. Input is ac-coupled

or contraction.

the selected region. This is a

pF; small size.

1000

stabilization).

269 Photomultiplier Base

supply voltage.

selected (100, 120, 220, or 240 V) is visible

the measurement

counts/s full scale.

time, <±0.05%.

shaped.

±3.0 ±4.0 100

1 the rear-panel LL REF EXT connector as the ≤20 ns; rise time ≤5 ns; ≤10-Ω output

μs shaping, 50

1 dynamic range when used in constants for active pulse-shaping filter network pile-up rejection logic detects a distortion of the

σM = M = Σ qj

(11)

σqi = n1 (1–

) (8)

• DC-coupling

preamplifier output. The timing spectrum

• Delay range

0 to 4.75 μs +10%, –2% for any combination of delays

• ECL outputs

PERFORMANCE

• Ease-of-Use

• POWERFUL Flexible internal interconnection.

• Flexibility

• HIGH PERFORMANCE, Multi-Function Nuclear

(with ±12/24 V)

3-3/8 in. 16-7/8 in. 5-1/2 in. 22 lb 15 lb

+6 V and –6 V.

Amplitude Nominally +5 V. Complement

11,12 WAK output

Write Acknowledge to ADCs on FERA from the FERA data readout bus. Single-ended ECL inputs are

13,14 GND ground

both pins connect to ground ground through 1-kΩ resistors. Interconnection between ADC

13,14 REO output

Readout enable to first module on FERA

= 1 for Tne > Te

(2b)

Bit 6, BUSY Mode

LeCroy 4300B 4.8 μs (10 bits); 8.5 ms

CONTROL REGISTER

A 12-bit register to select the operating

Caractéristique

Détail

Channel Analyzer

bipolar

Combination MCB/

instrument only portion of the portion of the

Detector Voltage

0 to +1200 V dc in steps of 1.25 V

Digits Displayed

8 10 8 8 N/A 8 8 8

Energy or Timing

Models 142A, 142B, or 142C are best. Final choice depends on capacitance of detector. Also see Model

F16 A14 Writeeto

Write event time out register, 640 ns LSB

F16 A4 Writeclrw

Write FERA clear width register, 40 ns LSB

F2 A12 Readevtto

read number of event timeouts, LS 24 bits

F27 A0 Tstmerase

test memory erase in progress

FERA CONTROL BUS

Front-panel 8- by 2-pin connector cascaded CMC203 readout loops.

FERAbus modules.

time of the GATE input pulse must meet the requirements of the

Fast Photodiodes

LE (CFD) LE pT pT

Filter Amplifier

also 50-Ω cable clip. (1-wide NIM)

GAIN INSTABILITY

≤±50 ppm/°C. specified value.

Gated Integrator

gaussian Gaussian discriminator BLR noise manual amplifiers in one

Gating Functions

Pulse pass, pulse Normally open, coincidence,

Hamamatsu R1250.

available externally through contacts of

I/O Delay <3 ns.

Power Required +6 V, 250 mA; –6 V, 250 mA.

Max Current Draw

5 mA at 40°C (typically <3 mA)

Number of Timers

0 or 1 1 or 2 1 or 0 1 or 0 2 1 0 1

Output Reshaping

None Input peak amplitude stretched and gated

PEAK UNCERTAINTY

Stops acquisition when the statistical

Preamplifier and

capacitive coupling to dynode 10; ac- from +600 V to length

RS-232-C (20 mA)

N N (USB) Y N N Opt Opt Opt

SAMPLE CHANGE IN

9-pin "D" connector. Zin = 1 kΩ. ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

START_COUNTER n1

Where n1 is the index of Counter 1 to 4 or Timer index 1 to 2.

Set all Switches

OFF for the Monitor mode, ON for the Readout Control mode

Si(Li) Detectors

4 3 2 1

Source impedance

nominally ≤10 Ω

Special Features

Adjustable output widths Adjustable resolving Majority logic

Timer (T) and/or

Dual T Single or Dual T and Quad T Quad T Dual T

Voltage Selected

Voltage Range

gain of 10 ±6%.

ORDERING INFORMATION

in AUTO PZ mode.

FINE GAIN Front-panel, 10-turn precision turn potentiometer mounted on the PC board

ms clock period.

NIM signals. Zin = 50 Ω. Lemo 00 connector. Loads the

preamplifier box

8.6 cm W x 13.3 cm D x 3.0

r <0.01 / Trange

(3)

r = R [1–rTne]

(8a)

readout includes

counts, the preset value, and

unipolar output.

matches the rate of the PZ position at low

εVm X 6.25 X 10

(10)

σm = m = ∑ qj

(9)

• Dual purpose

High-rate and low-rate energy spectroscopy with Ge

∑ qk /n < 0.01

(22)

0.5 A; max, 50 Ω

Zo ~ 1MΩ ; focus and 2nd standard 21-pin sockets, 20.3-cm (8-in.)

1 μs/1 ms Switch

Switches the clock frequency in

220, or 240 V ac.

powered by these supply voltages.

80090 connectors.

WEIGHT Suggested cable accessories:

Cable Termination

ON ON - - - - - -

Channel Analyzer.

BUSY Rear-panel BNC connector with Z <10

DYNAMIC RANGE 200

1.

DYNAMIC RANGE 500

1.

ENABLE_EVENT_AUTO

SHOW_RADIX preset count condition.

External Baseline

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

F2 A10 Readhstcnt

read number of hits in the histogram array,

F2 A13 Readevttoa

read number of event timeouts, MS 24 bits

F2 A14 Readgateto

read number of gate timeouts, LS 24 bits

FWHM noise = 2.35

Vr ms . (7)

Fast Preamplifier

1 <1 ns 0 to –1 V ac 5,10, or 20 <100 μV 10-kHz low-frequency roll-

Full Scale Ranges

Pulse-Pair Audible Recorder Package

Outputs Connected

- - ON ON ON ON ON ON

PERFORMANCE RESET

Input that clears all four counter inputs accepts

RANGE 0 to 50°C.

VETO YES/NO A printed wiring

RISE TIME <60 ns.

BNC connector; output impedance adjustable

Relative Humidity

0–95% non-condensing • IEC-950

SAMPLE CHANGE OUT

9-pin "D" connector.

Temps de réponse

Rapide

Time Spectroscopy

Model FTA820A (0 to –5 V output, rise time <1 ns), 8 channels (octal) in a single wide NIM.

To order, specify

Station Number). Set the HM413 to process 4

attenuation range

pi-attenuator arrangement in the OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE 0 to

barrier detectors

Supply provides bias voltage of either

good performance.

Connects to the ORTEC MCA Busy Input

histogram memory.

6 64 Busy mode

in a two-wide NIM

memory segment. This has many

less than 400 pF.

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

nominally 100 Ω.

data for the first channel in the

normal operation.

UNI Front-panel BNC with Zo <1 Ω and

q(t) = n r(t) Δt

(3)

r = R exp[–RTe]

(6)

reset, LS 24 bits

width register

reset, MS 24 bits

F26 A2

signal derivation

Channel Analyzer performs the dual discriminator for leading-edge timing or

standard modules.

Shipping 0.9 kg (~2 lb).

symmetric window,

or integral or integral or integral

threshold control

The Model 855 incorporates an 3-μs unipolar shaping; <7 μV using 1.5-μs

with Preamplifier

Zo ~ 1 kΩ; internally connected for focus voltage diam, 10.2-cm (4-in.)

σ = Qi (Qi / qi)

(15)

• Inhibit input

provides optimum time resolution over a

+25 V, dc-coupled.

WEIGHT

1-GHz Preamplifier

channel plates and

29(1), 619 (1982).

(b) the Same Events After Passing through a Semi-Gaussian

3. Alarm threshold

if the CRM (count rate meter) exceeds this number, the alarm is

31(1), 455 (1984).

Data Collection During Reset and Reset Recovery.

4-Input Logic Unit

Coincidence Coincidence

4001A or 4001C Bin

22.2 cm 48.3 cm 27.3 cm 8.2 kg 5.0 kg

4002A Power Supply

8.6 cm 42.9 cm 14.0 cm 10.0 kg 6.8 kg

= 0 for Tne ≤ Te

(2)

CH 1, 2, 3, & 4 IN

Accepts positive TTL or Fast negative Note if the section 5 counter has an error condition due

CLEAR_COUNT_PRESET

SET_MODE_SECONDS interval.

CLEAR_EVENT_PRESET

SET_DISPLAY <VALUE> CONTROLS

Dead Time Accuracy

<5% error up to 50k cps input count time stamp in the normal data word.

Dimensions (WxDxH)

6-3/4 x 3-1/4 x 1-1/4in Dimensions (WxDxH): 6-3/4 x 3-1/4 x 1-1/4in

E(10 ) (1.6 X 10 )

*Values in parentheses are temperatures at which the energy values were

End Marker Outputs

Left LEMO 00 (Zout = 50 Ω)

F16 A15 Writeextin

Write external input register

F2 A11 Readhstcnta

read number of hits in the histogram array,

F2 A15 Readgatetoa

read number of gate timeouts, MS 24 bit

Gain <±0.05%/°C.

in low position.

HISTOGRAMMING RATE

5-MHz maximum sustained rate. A 4

INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

TTL to NIM OUT/INVERT OUT Two switches

MCB Specifications

Counter/Timer/Rate Meter Specifications

MULTIPLEXER/ROUTER

Anticoincidence. Signal must occur prior to

Maximum value = 7.

OPTIONAL CABLE ASSEMBLIES

Microchannel Plate

A 3-meter long captive power cord

N/C No connection.

zero. This takes approximately

Number of Counters

2 or 1 2 or 4 3 or 4 4 or 5 0 2 2 1

POWER REQUIREMENTS

• FCC Part 15, Class B

PREAMPLIFIER POWER

+12 V 1.5 A –12 V 1.5 A

Préamplificateurs

Guide Préamplificateurs

Quad Counter/ Dual

(no Counter/Timer module only module only

REGION OF INTEREST

Peak count/Integral count.

SCA Output Trigger

LLD reset Constant fraction Selectable Peak detect LLD reset

TRANSMISSION DELAY

not an individual channel will respond

Upstream Connector

Type "A" (male)

and a counter (B).

The negative input mode is designed to

coincidence inputs

impedance >3000 Ω.

counts per channel

(formerly NIM-GPIB) protocol used for

dc level 0 ±5 mV.

Gated Integrator

fast scintillator.

coupled.

for pulse routing.

wiring board jumpers select one of three

from 10 ns to 2 ms

Amplitude Converter/Single-Channel the timing spectrum. The SCA is

gamma spectroscopy

Noise Typical Guaranteed

obtained (Fig. 1).

DECAY TIME ~500 μs.

or external strobe

useful for selecting and inhibiting linear GATE PEDESTAL Essentially zero, factory-

other instruments.

DLY'D MARKER Front-panel BNC connector,

stop input signals

giving the experimenter unparalleled

the dynamic range.

31

types of detectors

that offers excellent performance for the BLR threshold. The Model 570 offers

• Cost Effective

architecture.

10 will be ~250 mV.

two BNC male plugs, 12-ft

100:1 dynamic range

selected by an external delay cable

200, 500, and 1000.

switch selects either the AUTO (automatic) or

Ambient Temperature

0–400°C (32–104°F) • CSA 22.2 No. 950

CAMAC/FERAbus ADCs.

1. No buffering. Readout loop control with ECL

Coarse Gain ≥100.

pulse every time the input signal exceeds the

DEAD TIME PER EVENT

2 μs including memory

ENABLE_EVENT_PRESET

INIT counting channel whose contents will be displayed.

ENABLE_TRIGGER_STOP

STOP

Energy Spectroscopy

Models 142A and 142AH are the ideal choices for Channeltrons, Micro-channel Plate PMTs, Microchannel

Germanium Detectors

ARC ARC ARC ARC

Impedance ~1000 Ω.

module 3.43 X 22.13 cm (1.35 X 8.714 in.) per

Ionization Chambers

659 0 to ±5 kV and 0 to ±500 V, 100 μA

Manufacturer Models

Minimum REQ-REO Delay

Net (digiBASE only)

10 oz, 280 g

PROGRAMMABLE MEMORY

Left (+) Pin Right (–) Pin

REAL TIME/LIVE TIME

Multiples of 20-ms.

SCA Output Polarity

Positive Positive and Positive and Positive Positive

Segment Assignments

end for the REO to REN, and the

Si Charged-Particle

2 3 2 4 3 3 2

System Requirements

System Requirements:

Up to 3000 counts/s

1 1 1 1 2

dN = nstart rstop e

dt (2)

decay time constant

instrument to be calibrated to read amplitude.

following functions

COUNT, STOP, RESET,

for 6 preamplifiers

Output module provides a convenient

heavy-ion detectors

designed for optimum performance with NOISE (see Fig. 2)

high counting rates

noise ratios over a wide range of time

high-gain amplifier

POLARITY 2-position slide switch selects

histogramming tasks

ADCs that provide the standard FERAbus

inhibit, dc inhibit

anticoincidence,external strobe

must be above +3 V.

accepts NIM-standard, slow-positive logic

or ORTEC type C-38.

+12 V, 15 mA; –12 V, 15 mA. 2

output pulse width.

LL OUT Rear-panel BNC connector provides

register at F16 A9.

ADCs in the zero-suppressed mode, with memory allocation

segments of memory.

10 μs of the end of a master GATE signal, on the ECL Data Bus, it issues a Write

signal, 0.5 A; max,

Zo ~ 1 MΩ; focus and standard 20-pin sockets, 20.3-cm (8-in.)

to the last dynode.

counting applications (ask for

two BNC male plugs.

401-C3-X-S Module Extender

with a gain of –1

VOLTAGE GAIN –1 for each input; tolerances

σQi = Qi (Qi / qi)

(19)

σqi = qi (qi / Qi)

(18)

• Selectable gain

5, 10, or 20 V/V

• Wide gain range

spectrum broadening. The excellent dc

A35-B32 ScintiVision

Advanced analysis software for

CONTROLS LOAD Switch

Pushbutton switch to load the

COUNTER/TIMER Switch

Switches the function of the

DEAD TIME CORRECTION

Extended Live-Time correction NUCLIDE MDA: Stops data collection when the value of the

DEAD-TIME CORRECTION

Software selectable for

DISABLE_EVENT_PRESET

SHOW_DISPLAY

DISABLE_TRIGGER_STOP

SHOW_EVENT_PRESET COUNT Push-button switch enables the counting

Detector Application

460 570 572A 575A 590A 671 672 673 855

Display push button.

Counter B counts and displays the time in A level <+1.5 V is used to inhibit counting of

Downstream Connector

Type "A" (female)

ENABLE_TRIGGER_START

START is turned clockwise away from Off, it permits recycling

FERA DATA BUS OUTPUT

Rear-panel 17- by 2-pin connector REGISTERS

Front Panel Emulator

Counters 1–4 Main Display Detail

LEMO and female BNC.

BNC and female LEMO. compact pulse-inverting transformer for

LIVE TIME CORRECTION

Gedcke-Hale, ZDT.

LL174-0 0.1-m length

SMA58-0.15 0.15-m length

LL174-2 0.5-m length

SMA58-1.5 1.5-m length

Model Channels Width

Rate Time Modes Fractions Delay Special Notes

Optional Accessories

Application Addendum

Ordering Information

Ordering Information

Outputs Disconnected

- - OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

Programmer's Toolkit

A11

SET_COUNT_PRESET M,N

TERMINAL when computer control is in effect.

SPECTRUM BROADENING.

the normal (NORM) or differential (DIFF) input indicates percentage of pulses rejected

Single Photon Timing

1 2 1

Undershoot Amplitude

Differentiator Time Constant

a fast scintillator.

Anode Output With the internal jumper set to ANODE OUT, the

and the other 93 Ω.

Delay (ns) (MHz)

and twelfth dynodes.

preamplifier are amplified and shaped for

approximately 20 mV.

width of the three output logic pulses.

bin is inconvenient.

cords and plugs that meet local electrical with 100 V, 120 V, 220 V, or 240 V nominal

board potentiometer.

(a)

counts per channel).

indicates the rate at which events are being levels (into a 100-Ω differential load) are:

following conditions

input pulse

for fine adjustment.

negative going logic level. ECL outputs are dual pin

from the instrument.

bipolar timing signal; 50-Ω cable and 50-Ω

internal connection.

amplifiers. Power required is +12 to +15 V at 350 mA (Pin 4) and

of incoming signals.

6

provides two outputs

the preamplifier

resistors installed.

LEMO Q output. Used with cascaded

specified otherwise.

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

the incoming signal.

INHIBIT INPUT Front-panel LEMO connector

the preset register.

Cycle or the Recycle mode can be made via furnishes a positive level during the counting

timing applications.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

timing requirements.

LINEAR INPUT Unipolar or bipolar with

ßΙ ∑ qk /n < 0.5

(23)

• CAMAC control of

histogramming start/stop, readout of selected segments, zero-suppressed readout mode in order

• DC-coupled input

adequate performance with scintillation

(0.5, 1.5, and 3 μs)

level equal to 4.0 times the peaking time.

0.91-m (3-ft) length.

VT120A/B/C, 3-m length. Extender 3-m (10-ft) length. M-F 9-pin D

113 –4 Output noise

<100 μV <60 ±7

4001A/4002A Assembled

22.2 cm 48.3 cm 40.6 cm 15.9 kg 11.8 kg

4001A/4002D Assembled

22.2 cm 48.3 cm 54.0 cm 24 kg 16.3 kg

4001C/4002D Assembled

22.2 cm 48.3 cm 54.0 cm 24 kg 16.3 kg

4001C/4002E Assembled

22.2 cm 48.3 cm 54.0 cm 26.3 kg 18.6 kg

BKO = Blocking output

SRT = Slow rise time rejection option

CLEAR_COUNTERS <MASK>

SET_MODE_MINUTES GATE Single LED illuminates during an active counting

CONTROLS (Rear Panel)

WEIGHT

Computer Controllable

N Y Y N N Opt Opt Opt

Counter/Timer Jumper.

standard RS-232-C communications. It also

D+ and D– Wire Size

28 AWG (stranded — twisted pair, 90 Ω characteristic impedence

DISABLE_TRIGGER_START

SHOW_EVENT condition for all counting channels.

ENABLE_EVENT_EXTERNAL

SHOW_VERSION DISPLAY SELECT Push-button switch selects the

END MARKER (Trim pot)

Screwdriver adjustment for

Enable Input function

(powered by USB)

End-of-Pass Dead Time

Zero

Fast ± Discriminator

150 MHz

GG8020 Octal Gate and

416A Gate and Delay

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY

≤±0.025% over the top 99% of

Int Strobe mode only.

after the Stop input, initiates the read cycle for Time and Width From accepted Start input to

LL174-1 0.25-m length

SMA58-0.5 0.5-m length

List Mode Acquisition

If you need the ultimate in fine time Number of digiBASEs Maximum Pulse rate (typical)

Lower-Level Range (V)

0.02–10 0.05–10 0.04–10 0.05–10 0.02–9.99

Net 0.81 kg (1.8 lb).

a match, the HM413 histograms all

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

to the rear-panel gate input. the rear of the module.

Photomultiplier Tubes

SCA

Proportional Counters

4 2 3 1 1 3 3 1

Readout Control mode.

OR'ed with the ECL GAI input. sequentially assigned, with bit 1 assigned the

Singles-mode readout.

for the ECL CONTROL connector, and one for

THRESHOLD TEMPERATURE

board DIP switch selects whether or

Up to 30,000 counts/s

3 2 1 3

Upper-Level Range (V)

0–10 or 0–1 0–10 or 0–1 0–10 or 0–1 0–10 or 0–1 with internal 0.02–9.99

VCC and GDN Wire Size

20 AWG

anticoincidence input

are reshaped, and the actual coincidence

counting applications

wide NIM-standard module designed for PERFORMANCE

discriminator outputs

than are possible with conventional

enhances flexibility.

distances) and for ease and reduced cost of

fast-negative outputs

OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH Adjustable from <70

monitor applications.

an integrating time constant of 0.03, 0.1, 0.3,

or fast scintillator.

Ordering Information

photomultiplier tubes

superb performance is delivered over an panel to supply power to either

spectroscopy systems.

display of output voltage in V or load current in

switch is turned off.

INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

symmetric BLR; can be

active BLR

the LeCroy 4300B ADC.

Virtual Station Number of the ADC. A results in a CLR signal being generated.

to 100% of full load.

OUTPUTS (10.2 in.) deep, and 10.2 cm (4.0 in.) high.

using the cable clip.

Model 863, with Side Panel Removed, Shows the Four Separate Timing Filter Amplifier Circuits.

vacuum failure occurs

voltage and current delivered by the suitable alarm, to stop the measurement

width of 300 ps FWHM.

ps FWHM. Full scale is denoted by the Over Range LED turning on.

with Zin =100 Ω. LED

LED flash for 0.1 s or the output width

• Dynamic range 500

1

• ≤1 ns rise time

NUMBER OF CHANNELS 8.

≤0.5 to ≥2.5 μs.

–24 V 80 80

0.5-μs shaping for 50

1 dynamic range,

4001A Standard NIM Bin

12 N/A

Amplifier Model Number

Output SCA with

CONSTANT FRACTION 20%.

time of arrival, by a length W. The

ENABLE_REMOTE command.

negative.

GATE TIME-OUT REGISTER

Provides recovery from no REQ EXTERNAL OUTPUT SELECTION REGISTER: Programs the

Integral Non-Linearity

≤±0.05% over the top 99% of the 30–21 Amplitude of the event

Jitter, Walk and Drift

The Limiting Factors in Timing

Single Photon Counting

2 3 2 2 1 3

Switch Position Number

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Time Delay Uncertainty

Equal to one clock period. section 5 counter with preset values from the thumb

Up to 100,000 counts/s

1

Up to 300,000 counts/s

2 1

absolute maximum 20 V.

10090; mates with captive and

during an acquisition.

expanded display.

either output, 4 V/pC.

through any ORTEC main amplifier or from an

for some applications.

Nominally 20 mV/MeV.

level between ±1.5 V.

periods when input pulses cannot be

point output impedance

1000 Ω. The amplifier drives the timing compatible with the preamplifier power connectors on ORTEC

selectable sensitivity

PERFORMANCE OUTPUT

to a maximum of ±1 V.

ordering information. To avoid

to ground, dc-coupled.

are the same as those that are furnished to

σqi = qi (1– qi /n)

(9)

• 5-decade log range

linear mode has 11 full-scale ranges from

• Operates in vacuum

enclosures when required. CONNECTORS

• Regulated dc power

±6 V @ 4 A, ±12 V @

• USB 1.1 compatible

10 oz. (283.49 g)

• Wide dynamic range

specific values of input charge. A front-

1, 10, 100, 1K, or 10K.

positive position.

1. Signal threshold (V)

the valid range is –1.6 V to 3.5 V.

15,16 DAC analog Pin 15

DAC voltage output. Pin 16: modules and the CMC203 requires construction of a

2.1 A, –6 V at 1.0 A.

word is captured by the HM413 and compared

400 electrons at 100 pF

pF

423 electrons at 100 pF

pF

540 electrons at 100 pF

pF

A/B/C photodiodes. Note

FTA820A is 8 channels of VT120A in a single

BUSY END-DELAY REGISTER

Sets the extension of BUSY

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

WEIGHT

Cable with one Microdot

one MHV male plug.

Delay Range per Channel

0 to 63.5 ns 2 to 65 ns

EVENT TIME-OUT REGISTER

Prevents readout loop lock-up

G (External Gate Input)

Front-panel LEMO connector delivers

INPUT DYNAMIC RANGE 200

1. is set, from 0 to +10 V, and the upper-level connector as the lower-level-discriminator

LED ASSIGNMENT REGISTER

Assigns the function of the • foinpr (FERA out in progress) begins at begfo and ends at endfo.

MAXIMUM RESOLUTION 4096

ADC BUSY Red LED flashes once for each

MICRO-TRANS-SPEC Yes No

Yes USB N/A 16k

Max. Cable Voltage Drop

0.095 V at 500 mA

OUTPUT RISE TIME <1 ns.

Net 0.39 kg (0.85 lb).

Q (External REQ Output)

Front-panel LEMO connector

Scintillation Detectors

CFD CFD CFD CFD AMP/LE

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

High/Low PCB jumper selects minimum BLR

TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY

to the bin gate signal.

a captive cable (length

3 m) with a

available up to 0.43 A.

constant ambient temperature after a 60-

bandwidth oscilloscope.

29 –24 V

chaining hubs together)

chaining hubs together)

crossover walk for a 20

1 dynamic range

differentiation filters

50-ns RC integration time constant using

fully counterclockwise.

signals for the duration of the overload. The

linear or logic signals

delay section used.

operate the instrument.

≤±2% from any of the delay switches.

options, and a bin gate

bipolar signal with a zero crossing.

or disables the output.

open-collector, active-low, TTL-compatible

or ±2000 V (0.001 μF)

different amounts of charge (10 , 10 or

preamplifier FET damage

manufacturers provide a TTL logic level

shaping time, <±0.05%.

Threshold The BLR threshold is manually set

the coincidence output.

To order, specify:

with a 25-turn trimpot.

once each time the ADV button is depressed.

with multiple detectors

amplifier in a one-wide NIM module. The PERFORMANCE

• Extremely low noise

is satisfied by the charge-sensitive Model

(928 and 928-MCB Models)

(928, 928-COUNT2, 928-COUNT4)

C (External Clear Input)

Front-panel LEMO connector delivers

Efficiency GMX Detector.

up to count rates in excess of 150,000

MAXIMUM HISTOGRAM COUNTS

Selectable for 16 bits 4

MULTI HISTOGRAM REGISTER

Provides the base address for

Memory Length (channels)

65,536

Minimum Delay Adjustment

0.5 ns 1 ns

Net 0.79 lbs. (0.36 kg).

and quantitative analysis of radioisotopes using NaI(Tl) detectors.

SET_EVENT_PRESET <VALUE>

TEST NUMBER

TRANS-SPEC-DX-100 Yes No

Yes USB N/A 16k

Timers 1 and 2 Setup and

Timer Display.

any cable reconnections.

before it is furnished through the Output; the

at the SCA IN connector.

is computer selectable from 4 to 32,768 with the ramp turned

defined in DOE/ER-0457T.

utilizing the standard bolt pattern

frequency up to 100 kHz.

requirements.

instant integration into

scanning.

low speed USB operations

low speed USB operations

male BNC and female SMA.

male SMA and female BNC.

non-condensing humidity.

are available only using your own custom software.

of REO or end of CLEAR).

test Gate pulse injected into the the ECL Control bus by the

output, 0.5-μs shaping.

Model 552 resets its internal logic without

overload. (See OVL LED.)

VACUUM SHUTDOWN LED if a low TTL

positions 3 and 4 of the

command F(17)·A(0) writes to the VSN1

produce an output pulse.

with power supplies not providing –6 V.

provides unipolar pulse.

Model Description

recommended power supply

0457T. Mechanical mounting of the power

selectable up to 160 ms.

LEMO INPUTS/OUTPUTS

the BIAS SHUTDOWN input.

excessive output current. Recovery from

the Delay potentiometer.

Model Description

the discriminator input.

i.c. internal connection

the following conditions

10% efficiency toggle switch selects the baseline restorer

• Provides coincidence

The ORTEC Model 418A is a Universal

10% to 100% of full load.

NIM Bin is strongly recommended as the more

50,000 counts/s (Fig. 3).

must match the output impedance of the

99% of the dynamic range.

Coincidence mode, Anti-coincidence mode, or Off. Signal

Active only if the LAM is

Register (W1 to W5).

Bit 5, WST Detection Mode

REQUEST DELAY REGISTER: Sets the delay between REQ

CONTROL SIGNAL SWITCH are

Register (W1 to W8). To accept data, the

DIFFERENTIAL NONLINEARITY

<±1% over the top 99% of

DYNAMIC INPUT CAPACITANCE

Ordering Information

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

Ordering Information

Efficacité de détection

Excellente

FOCUS Single-turn locking

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

INPUT NOISE <100 μV rms.

WEIGHT

Integral Linearity 0.05%.

V, 1.2 A.

MODULE CONNECTORS 6 each.

100 or 120 V ac, and 2 A, 250 V (T) size

Shipping 1.1 kg (2.4 lb).

C-25-1/2 RG-58A/U 50-Ω Cable with two

Spectrometry application.

ANALOG OUTPUT Rear-panel BNC

Spectrum Stabilizer Setup

Specify:

Storage Temperature Range

–40 to + 85°C

The ORTEC Model 671 high-

To minimize spectrum distortion at

The ORTEC Model 672 high-

the high counting rate performance can

The ORTEC Model 9305 Fast

dc-coupled.

and proportional counters

shaping time constants, and gain range

constant-width Y outputs.

TTL logic output ( ) per channel. Output

counting rate performance

detectors in a wide variety of high- output with optimal signal-to- noise ratio

gain for Unipolar Output.

UNIPOLAR Front-panel BNC connector with

in photon or ion counting

operator convenience independent put bandwidth and overshoot. Front-panel

is present and the LAM is

the data from two separate modules to be

linear into a 50-Ω load.

input signal.

monitoring, and teaching.

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY For 1.5-μs

or anticoincidence gating

passing through the output during intervals of

or external strobe signal

may be performed, giving the (±100 ppm/°C) of full scale or ±10 ps/°C

outputs. Adjustment range

nominally

positive input count rate

counter (one counter channel preset- new counting cycle will be automatically

range of pulse amplitudes

Constant-Fraction Discriminator has the valid "B" outputs; (3) an OR logic output

successive tube elements.

(4 in.) long.

to <25 ns. BNC connector.

2. Find the depletion depth on the graph above

with photons or ion beams

applications, the ORTEC Model 9349

with rise time from <5 ns

This makes it the ideal selection for high- 142B 100 3.20

• Compact 9 x 13 x 3 cm

+12-V power via the standard power 3-m (9.8-ft) long power cord included with the

• Max Devices Supported

127 (when daisy- • Max Devices Supported: 127 (when daisy-

(B) medium-, and (C) high-

142C Preamplifiers are low-noise, fast-

(Zo~1 MΩ); BNC connector.

C-36-12 RG-59A/U 75-Ω Cable with two SHV female plugs, 12-ft length

0 pF and <50 ns at 100 pF.

WEIGHT

4001C High-Current NIM Bin

12 N/A

4002D Bin Power with ±6 V

N/A 160 10 10 3 3 1.5 1.5

4002E Extra-High Bin Power

N/A 300 12 12 4 4 2 2

512, 1024, 2048, and 4096.

detector inputs

<10% standard deviation in

sequence from 25 counts/s to 10 Specifications

<±0.025% from 0 to +10 V.

Minimum Detectable Signal Limited by impedance of the preamplifier.

ADV (advance) push-button.

counting condition for the entire instrument,

Dead Time Between Channels

Zero

Differential Non-Linearity

≤±1% over the top 99% of the In addition, every second a “time stamp” word is transmitted.

Fast Timing Preamplifier B

–200

Histogram Mode Acquisition

Data is histogrammed inside Power Requirements: <500 mA from USB connection

I (External Inhibit Input)

A NIM logic "1" signal applied to this

Integral Non-Linearity (%)

≤±0.25 ≤±0.25 ≤±0.25 ≤±0.25 ≤±0.25

NIM bin with power supply.

used. selected by the DISPLAY push-button.

NORMAL and INTEGRAL modes.

Net 0.9 kg (2.0 lb)

OUTPUT GENERATOR DEAD TIME

Net 1.3 kg (2.8 lb).

OUTPUT LINEAR RANGE ±7 V.

Shipping 1.3 kg (3.0 lb).

PMTs, Microchannel Plates,

1 2 3 1 1 3 3 1

Range System I* System II*

selects attenuation factor of high-quality built-

SCA pulse height selection

Fraction Differential Discriminator is a SCA or as an integral discriminator. The

The Model 935 Quad 200-MHz

The zero crossing occurs at the time

The ORTEC Model 9306 1-GHz

To preserve the ultra-fast rise time, the The Model 9306 1-GHz Preamplifier

UNIPOLAR output (Table 1).

PULSE PILE-UP REJECTOR INPUT Front-panel, four-position switch

a single-width NIM module.

adjustment of the delay within the range

asynchronous CAMAC readout

for coincidence

board DIP switch (See GATE

CF MONITOR (M) Permits Ordering Information

charged-particle detectors

contains four high-voltage power supplies gauge can be applied to the VACUUM

d1 – d12 dynodes 1 to 12

An accessory magnetic shield (Model 218) is available for

discriminator is disabled.

reference threshold.

factory-set within ±5 mV.

and typically 1 μs in low position. Factory-set

inputs (POS IN or NEG IN).

C option provides computer control of the

load resistance is ~5 MΩ.

556 High-Voltage Power Supply

lower-level discriminator.

25 mA; +12 V, 115 mA; –12 V, 85 mA.

of three input connections

DC Couple, potentiometer adjusts sensitivity level for input

on the ECL Control Bus, if

will occupy the entire data memory. The

or the SCA levels are set.

resolution.

producing an output pulse.

provides a NIM-standard fast negative logic

qi = Qi exp {–Σ Qj /n }

(7)

spectroscopy applications.

output paths; either or both of these outputs

the upper-level threshold.

Front- and rear-panel outputs have separate

variable from 2.5 to 1500.

detector characteristics. Negative

vary through a wide range.

Dead Time <100 ns on the 10 range; <0.3%

voltage to 2.5 kV maximum.

signals may also be connected through 50-Ω

• 5 mV minimum threshold

timing modes are provided in the Model via the rear-panel BNC connector, or a

• Compact, portable size

21.5 X

• Pole-zero cancellation

(±5 V into 50 Ω), and wide voltage gain

• Rise time ≤≤400 ns

<2% (1-μs DRC-shaped pulse).

• TWO modes of operation

Monitor mode and Readout Control mode

4002P Portable Preamp Power

1 (plus 4 to 12 preamps) 48

<±30 μV/°C for dc level.

switch selects gain factors of 5, 10, 20, 100, PZ AUTO/MAN SWITCH Locking toggle

BIN GATE A slow master gate

a convenient ground connection for

C Version 20, noninverting.

Amphenol-type 17-80090 preamplifier power

Gain Drift <150 ppm per °C

COINCIDENCE GATE When input is low (false), real-time and

Ge Planar & LO-AX Detectors

2 1 3

INDICATORS readout includes

A and B counts and which

Input Pulse Amplitude Range

+200 mV to +10 V +100 mV to +10 V

MODULE-CONNECTOR WIRING All

each voltage supplied to the 6 module heat sink exceeds 110°C. Recovery is

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE

ATTENUATOR PWB jumper select to pass

ORTEC NIM-standard modules.

positive or negative dc-coupled 0 to 10 V

Operating Temperature Range

0 to + 85°C

PING PONG INTERVAL REGISTER

Sets the interval between

PULSE-PAIR RESOLUTION <5 ns

W2 and W3. Model 935 is shipped from the

Rise Time 100 ns to 10 μs.

DIMENSIONS NIM-standard single-width

The Model 935 contains four

test point voltage is 10X the actual contribution is effectively –1.0 ns. The

The Model VT120 Fast-Timing

PERFORMANCE

The ORTEC Model 4002E BLACK

Regulated dc power supplied to the circuit protection. On the +6 V and –6 V

The ORTEC Model 426 has two

10 V, 12 V maximum. Input impedance

The ORTEC Model HM413 CAMAC

the assigned ADCs. The Model HM413

User-Defined Calibration of

Linear, Quadratic, or

When properly adjusted, the

microchannel plate multipliers and

a large number of detectors

a number of detectors. Together with an timing.

channel plates, and silicon

GAIN FOR EACH CHANNEL (10% gain

collection if a detector or

counters that operate within the range of can be connected to a computer, or other

deliver +12-V and +24-power

preamplifiers can be accommodated via with the π network shown in Figure 1. The pins

either updating or blocking

See Walk Specification for Measurement Conditions.

eliminates cable adjustment

time measurements with microchannel signal amplitudes from –50 mV to –5 V.)

external reference voltage)

10% change in power line voltage.

fraction of the normal time

+150 mV to +10 V. The signals can be

front-panel VOLTAGE CONTROL

–12 V at 360 mA, and –24 V at 90 mA.

front-panel selectable time

most experienced operator could achieve

low frequency interference.

BIPOLAR, BI Front- and rear-panel BNC

maximum attenuation of 1000

1. The CONTROLS

must not have been reached.

active and controlling the dwell time.

ramp or a two-segment ramp.

unmarking Regions Of Interest (ROI).

range of the ANALOG OUTPUT.

Shipping 1.6 kg (3.5 lb).

terminate data acquisition.

independent selection of the

the BIN GATE YES/NO switch.

NIM bin/power supply. Required dc

the capacity of the memory.

F(17)·A(2) Writes to the Configuration

times are maintained in a 1

9:100 ratio. A use with a strip chart recorder. Output is

• Direct 0 to 10-V output

FALL TIME Exponential decay with 200- or

• Fast negative NIM input

10 to 10 counts/s in 1-3-10 steps. The DEAD TIME <100 ns on the 106 range; <0.3%

• Gated baseline restorer

A fast rise time (<8 ns), high output drive

• Optimum performance for

The ORTEC Model 142AH Preamplifier

• Optional audible output

measuring low, medium, or high steady LINEAR RANGES 11 ranges from 10 to 106

• Selectable shaping time

applications. The performance capability

• Walk <±250 ps for a 10

1 dynamic single-width NIM module offers many

0 to ±5 V on a 50-ΩΩ load

purpose wideband amplifier with

<±7.5 μV/°C for dc level.

1.33-MeV gamma ray at the unipolar output, DIFF mode.

Adjusted Width plus 0.2 μs.

Shipping 2.2 kg (4.8 lb).

C-24-1/2 15 cm, 6-in. length

C-25-1 30 cm, 1-ft length male plug, 3.7-m (12-ft) length.

Cable with two Microdot male

two BNC male plugs. one SHV female plug and

FERAbus Histogramming Memory

supports both the Singles and

Flawless Spectrum Stabilizer

The digiBASE features built- emissions, susceptibility and low-voltage power directives.

Gain Instability 50 ppm/°C.

WEIGHT

Gain factor from 0.5 to 2.5.

(1 mV/°C). 0 to 50°C using a NIM Class A

Hamamatsu R329, R1332, R1333

external voltage supplies. Internal applications the ninth dynode output is

High Voltage Bleeder Current

Compatible with PMT

INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE RANGE

Out, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, and 500 ns. Rise

MANUAL PZ ADJUSTMENT 20-turn

pulses or TTL levels can be used. Logic is power for the associated preamplifier. Mates

Model HM413 has two modes of

mode.

Number of Duplicate Channels

4 1 1

Number of Inputs Per Channel

4 3 5

POSITIVE INPUT DISCRIMINATOR

ADV (Advance) Push-button increments the

Résistance environnementale

Élevée

TRANSMISSION DELAY Typically

coincidence or anticoincidence mode

Timing jitter = en/ (dV/dt).

(10)

UNIPOLAR PULSE SHAPES Switch

*Time interval equals the selected front-panel SHAPING TIME multiplied by the Shaping Time Multiplier.

WINDOW WIDTH CONSTANCY <0.1%

crosses the window threshold.

achieving the excellent time

exceptionally wide bandwidth

amplifier, for semiconductor

most economical, general-purpose NIM

cable, and oscilloscope. The

spectroscopy amplifiers, 4002P Portable

computer control and readout

channel, 100-MHz Counter/Timer in a (selected and displayed on the front

counter (one counter channel

will be initiated. If, however, the Dwell

counting on a ratemeter or a

the window width over the range of 0 to

dc voltages and currents are

+12 V at 35 mA, BNC connectors can be used. Consult

dynode or anode signals from

Power Input power through captive power BNC male plugs; 6-in. length

energies from four detectors

exceptionally wide dynamic range, the Specifications apply to each of the four

energy spectroscopy with all

manually. The gate logic generates a

enhanced readout and control

The Display push button switches the

excellent timing resolution.

DOE/ER-0457T.

for photon, electron, or ion

Amplifier and Discriminator in a single-

four channels in the module.

"Walk" is the systematic error in

functions it can perform are

coincidence which channel is generating an output.

gain factor from 0.5 to 1.5.

maximum common mode noise rejection in

ground. See DAC OUTPUT under

34-conductor ribbon cable (3M part number 3365/34) with

high-count-rate applications

such fields as research, environmental

memory segment (as specified

(W1 to W8).

presettable timer or counter

manually operated. The Model 974A may 1, 2, 3, and 4 are closed. If the Dwell

selected by the monitor rate

Discriminator

selected via a board jumper.

INPUTS (includes power cable)

setting of the zero-crossing

mode, a second input pulse will

signal furnished through it.

3.43 X 22.13 cm (1.35 X 8.714 in.) per

sliding scale linearization.

the relative activity of the multiplexer/router.

td = ß Ts = (ßΙ + ßF) Ts

(20)

the TTL logic outputs of the

aid in the selection of the preset value. When

time-to-amplitude converters

such as time-to-amplitude converters is a

–5 V,which provides a 1000

1 input

• Accepts 0 to ±1 kV bias

Model (pF) (keV) (Si)

• Accepts 0 to ±3 kV bias

100 pF 450 rms electrons <485 rms electrons cable. ORTEC 121-C1; longer lengths

• Gated BLR with automatic

with semiconductor detectors, The active filter networks of the Model

100 pF and 35 keV at 1000 pF.

from NIM bin and power supply through any

276 1.6 x 10–3 Output noise

<50 μV <100 0 to +10

4002A Bin Power without ±6 V

N/A 96 2 2 1 1

4002P-C1 Preamp Power Fan-Out

C-488-2 IEEE-488 Interface Cable, PRN-C-2 Printer Port Cable, male to

401-C3 Module Extender Cable,

C-VT120 Power Cable Assembly for 121-C1 Preamplifier Power Cable

<±10 ps/°C from 0 to 50°C.

INTERNAL OFFSET DELAY (W1)

A second set of eight jumpers

INPUTS

AMP = Includes fast amplifier

LE = Leading-edge discriminator mode

ASYM WINDOW In the ASYMMETRIC

output drivers. The output pulse occurs when

Ambient Operating Environment

–10 to 50°C at 0 to

CONSTRUCTION Painted aluminum

ranges after a 60-minute warm-up.

DELAY TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

impedance.

DOE/ER-0457T pin assignments.

+24 V 0.75 A –24 V 0.75 A that the maximum temperature is being

GAIN INSTABILITY <50 ppm/°C.

interface, 37-pin D connector.

INPUT/OUTPUT RATE Operates at

channels programmed to accept the (W3) The printed wiring board jumper

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ADCs ON THE

selects NIM-standard fast negative logic (50- ended ECL signals from the ECL Data Bus.

Minimum and Maximum Rise Time

<0.3 μs to dc 0.1 to 10 μs

Model 9306 ideal for use with

and is protected to a maximum of ±1 V. amplifiers provide the required power on

ORTEC preamplifiers. When the

output voltage with constant temperature,

OUTPUT 1 SMA output connector

with male BNC and

Off selectable for each input

controlled by input pulse width.

Operating System Requirements

64-bit Windows 8.1 and

Other Counter Input Settings.

Output Setup.

Photomultiplier Tube Base and

internal transistors due to sudden compatible with 10-stage PMTs that fit

Si Charged-Particle Detectors

1 1 2 2 4 4 3 4 5

The Model 570 incorporates an

The excellent dc stability of the Model

The ORTEC Model 142IH Charge-

93 Ω. 142IH Preamplifier

The ORTEC Model 660 Dual 5-kV

sensor, until the shutdown mode is

VOLTAGE CONTROL JUMPER (1 per

±12 V, such as the ORTEC Model 4001A/

amplification for timing with

Filter Amplifier incorporates four separate termination of the output pulse duration

channels in a compact package

>1000 ns, or from <0.4 to >10 μs. Temperature

charged-particle or heavy-ion

was designed to meet the needs of

daughter board in the module.

front panel per DOE/ER-0457T.

detectors requiring high bias

experimenters who require optimum PERFORMANCE*

detectors, microchannel plate

Discriminator defines the arrival time of should be substituted for the Model 9306.

display flashes on overrange.

±1 digit.

dynamic range when using fast

range; Integral Mode, with external shaping

excellent timing performance.

large germanium detectors to help

for a 5-μs Integration Time.

(Peak heights normalized for comparison.)

for deep detectors; high bias

<3.6 at 100 994 at 100 <12 at 100

for negative output polarity.

SHV connector supplies the 0 to ±100 V or 0

for soft x-ray and low-energy

TEST, ENERGY, AND TIMING BNC.

greater than nominally 20 ns.

without saturation; dc-coupled; Z = 50 Ω;

integrated Nal-PMT assemblies

listed.

male Microdot and female BNC.

male BNC and female Microdot.

monitoring of observed rates.

connectors on both front and rear panels.

or 512 selectable in MAESTRO.

Rise/Fall Time 600 ns minimum to a maximum of ≤2 μs.

other semiconductor detectors

Filter Amplifier with gated baseline restorer and pole-zero cancellation

photomultiplier tubes (PMTs),

350-ps rise and fall times.

power through the rear module

output with an impedance of 100 Ω. Amount of

provides walk <±3 ns for 100

1 The dc-coupled input of the Model 551

ranging from 0 to 99,999,999.

must be above +3 V or open circuit, and the

selections offer <1%, <3%, or

The scales are arranged in a 25, 50, 100

separately at each connector.

5 No connection (reserved for

settling to 1% precision in a

signals in the amplitude range of

slow amplifier BLR threshold.

(NORM) input modes. In the NORM mode only

the instrument from counting.

inhibits counting; input protected to +25 V. The

the rear-panel LL REF switch.

LL REF Rear-panel BNC connector accepts a

turns off the OVFL indicator.

slow positive logic pulse at the end of each

with the Display push-button.

TIME BASE 10-MHz clock with minimum

• <3-ns rise and fall times

DC 20-turn potentiometer adjusts the output

• Adjustable positive input

meter ranges from 25 counts/s to 10 counts/s

• Automatic walk adjustment

experiments with multiple detectors. It

• Foldback current limiting

necessitating operation at reduced output

• Four independent channels

coincidence experiments without for gating ADCs and multichannel

• LED display of thresholds

THRESHOLD TEMPERATURE

• Low-cost, general-purpose

The Model 575A Amplifier is ORTEC's

• Optimum pulse shaping and

The ORTEC Model 863 Quad Timing clipping. This results in a more abrupt

• Provides fast coincidence

The ORTEC Model 414A Fast INPUTS

• Used with photomultiplier

Hybrid circuit technology gives the Model CONTROLS

• Voltage gain X0.9 to X500

including those utilizing low-gain

≤50 ppm/°C for 0 to 50°C.

RESET.)

(typically <±25ps) over a 100

1

1 = Insert gate header (format

11000VVVVVVVVVVVV), when

10, 20, 50, 100, 200, and 500.

amplitude for 0.5-μs shaping time. SCA OUT Front- and rear-panel BNC

575A) for energy spectroscopy.

g2 grid 2

= 6 kΩ to ground, dc-coupled.

front panel, per DOE/ER-0457T.

AUTOMATIC RECYCLE WITH DISPLAY

GATE Front-panel BNC input connector

BNC. Provides 50-Ω (±2%) 1-W

high-quality 50-Ω (±1%) 1/2-W

C-62 BNC Connector, female-to-

C-63 SHV Connector, male-to-male.

COARSE and FINE GAIN controls.

Width of output pulse at 0.1% of maximum amplitude 6.9 6.3

FAST NIM/TTL LOGIC JUMPERS Two

LEMO CLI input is OR'ed with the ECL CLI

Gain Instability <+50 ppm/°C.

or digital pulses up to ±5 V in amplitude on a front-panel BNC

Gated-Integrator Pulse Shaping

Fig. 15. A Comparison of (a) Semi-Gaussian, (b) Quasi-Triangular,

MEMORY LENGTH 32,768 channels.

87456-3) on each end.

Model 994 plus RS-232-C option

54 mA 130 mA 1800 mA 145 mA

Model 995 plus RS-232-C option

45 mA 135 mA 1300 mA 105 mA

NaI(Tl) and Slow Scintillators

4 4 2 5 3 1 4

OVERLOAD RECOVERY Unipolar and

cancellation for preamplifier exponential decay

On until a reset is generated.

in

Output signal that is a linear

Upper Level –30 mV to –5 V.

POWER REQUIRED The Model HM413

HM413. The HM413 identifies a header word

Software Programmer's Toolkits

MCS Selection Guide

The ORTEC Model 276L Low-Power

network to prevent damage to the Also, the Model 276L is directly

The ORTEC Model 4002P Portable

to change and display the selected input

The ORTEC Model 460 Delay Line

recommended for use with pulse-shape

Unipolar 0.5 μs 5 μs 74k c/s

7.5 keV

a variety of measurement needs

can be adjusted to suit the amplitude of a

channels for counting selected

Channel Analyzer (SCA) has the

circuit; +5 V into 93-Ω load.

OUTPUTS C-25-12 RG-58A/U 50-Ω Cable with

determinations with adjustable

Coincidence is a modular threefold COINC Front-panel BNC connectors provide

discriminator channel sets the

makes it possible to implement the channel accepts a negative, fast NIM

for detector capacitances >100

<19 at 1000 5249 at 1000 <25 at

for detector capacitances >400

<27 at 2000 7459 at 2000 <20 at

gain amplifier and an integral

OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 0 to –500 mV, on

generated for further commands

written into this register. This value is

high-resolution detectors with

50 2.35 —

incorporates four separate and

signal has risen to 20% of its

leading edge of the GATE INPUT

connector on the front panel. Output Model Description

meeting the ORTEC standard pin

at 100 mA dc power can be supplied from any

module and four preamplifiers.

the temperature decreases to a safe

module. Except where indicated

935 detects this point and generates

narrow as 1 ns (FWHM) makes it

important when a wide range of

noise over the full bandwidth.

Optional Accessories Coaxial Cable with

of logic functions that can be

Y Outputs 1/(1.1 X width).

over top 97% of dynamic range.

INPUT 1 Front-panel BNC accepts positive

preamplifiers when appropriate

plugs (female, 9-pin D connectors), with four

prompt and delayed outputs and

INTEG Front-panel slide switch selects an

pulse pile-up losses are >70%.

Shaping Time.Vertical scale, 5 V per division; horizontal scale, 2 μs per division.

range of pulse amplitudes with

Fraction Discriminator allows good time rear-panel locking toggle switch selects

ranges of 10 ns to 2 ms may be

the stop input virtually eliminates any

response is generated if a LAM

is the same as the VSN1 Register, but it allows

scan (1 to 4,294,967,295). SCA

Lower, Upper Two

select either a single-segment

ROI Provides menu access to recalling, saving, marking, and

semiconductor or scintillation

METER Front-panel toggle switch selects

set ON for the Readout Control

VSN1 comparator must always be enabled

set to create an audible and a

Counter Display.

signal is better than 100 ppm.

CONTROLS

suitable for the most exacting

Reject control gives the user the flexibility

under the following conditions

10% efficiency

viewed (Buffer or MCS memory).

discriminator input. See

• 0 to 100% zero suppression

10 to 10 counts/sec in 1-3-10 steps. The

• 1.3 MΩΩ output impedance

proof, with an impedance of

• 100-MHz negative or 25-MHz

presettable), or as a three-channel control is set for a chosen dwell time, a

• Positive or negative input

Bipolar crossover = 1.5 τ.

• Selectable integration and

In some cases it is beneficial to select a

1.3 s to 1300 s in 20-ms steps.

between acquisitions, and reduces the end-of-acquisition dead

36 to ground from +5 V inhibits

POWER REQUIREMENTS The

BNC/SMA BNC to SMA Adapter with

SMA/BNC SMA to BNC Adapter with

Cable with two LEMO male plugs.

Cable, with SMA Connectors

Constant-Fraction Discriminator

when the inverted and delayed input

DC OUTPUTS Maximum rated output

RECOVERY TIME <100 μs to return to within voltage drops at the rated currents for the

DIFFERENTIAL INPUT Differential

because of pulse pile-up. LED appears green

DISPLAY TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY

OUTPUT exceeded 20 μA. (See OVERLOAD

Differentiate RC time constants

Out

GATE INPUT (G) Front-panel LEMO

Shipping 2.2 kg (4.8 lb).

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY (UNIPOLAR

germanium detector, 4-V amplitude for the matching resistor is connected to the DIFF

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY For 2-μs

counts/s and/or longer shaping times.

LONG-TERM DRIFT <0.01%/hour and

connectors on the rear panel.

LOWER LEVEL Front-panel 10-turn

maximum; width 100 ns; 1000-Ω input wide; ≤10-Ω output impedance. Output occurs

Model 552 is <±250 ps for a 10

1

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE <0.3 Ω at any

INPUTS Table 2. Pin Assignments as Wired for the NIM

PMT SOCKET TRW 3B14. Fits JEDEC

to be used in timing applications with the C-24-12 Same as above, 12-ft length

POLARITY JUMPER (1 per channel)

Active only when the REMOTE INPUT is

POSITIVE OUTPUT SIGNAL POLARITY

117 V ac 0 0

REMOTE A single LED labeled REM

INPUT POLARITY JUMPERS Two jumpers

Rear-panel standard ORTEC power

and the Window control sets the window width

T = Te + U(Tne–Te) (Tne–Te)

(9)

The Model 460 exhibits <1 ns of

CONTROLS

The Model 659 includes a remote

RATED OUTPUT CURRENT 0–100 μA.

The ability of the Model 935 to

detecting the time for the 20%

The power-entry module provides

dc outputs for any voltage change within

The pulses are generated with a

LINE VOLTAGE INSTABILITY <±0.001% per

The wide dynamic range and wide

POWER REQUIRED +24 V, 65 mA; –24 V,

VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT ±5% minimum

Equipment. The primary voltage selection card 42 High-Quality Ground

WALK ADJUST Front-panel 20-turn

POSITIVE SCA Rear-panel BNC connector

When changing time constants or

To minimize spectrum distortion at

When the Model 142AH is used in

RISE TIME (Fig. 3) <5 ns at 0 pF; <12 ns at

X⎯⎯ = A · B · C · D · G

by the front-panel slide switches A/OFF/A,

Zin = 50 Ω. LEMO 00 connector.

Power Required +6 V, 230 mA; –6 V, 230 mA.

adjustable from 70 ns to 10 μs

50°C.

adjustable levels (0 to +10 V).

strobe should be given within 5 μs (or 50 μs as 10 V positive, linear output range.

after stop to the end of reset.

CONTROLS (Front Panel)

and a focus control for optimum

preamplifier power supply.

and slow-rise-time reject modes

selected from either the –6 V or –12 V

approximately 10% of coarse PZ.

To order, specify:

because the pulses have varying

modules. Alternatively an External strobe

capacitance charged-particle or

rise-time, charge-sensitive preamplifiers PERFORMANCE*

channel of memory to a value of

VSN1 REGISTER The Virtual Station Number

connections to the D connector.

connector.

constants, and gain range allow

to 1250.

converted to a charge pulse for

CONTROLS

corresponds to the point on the

require very short constant-fraction

enhance instrument flexibility.

and they are

experiments, or in measurements

ns on the Short setting and 0.4 to 10 μs on the

for 0 to 100 pF detectors; high

<3.4 at 100 939 at 100 <12 at 100

function at the X⎯⎯ output.

the input signals. Logic requirements are set

germanium and other solid-state

timing filter amplifiers in a single-width while reducing low frequency noise. Both

ideal for use with microchannel

pulse amplitudes must be used,

in the positive input position.

signal selectable by PWB jumper.

independently adjustable timing

maximum amplitude. The zero-

instruments such as amplifiers,

OFF/ON Front-panel slide switch allows

intervals for the ECL Data Bus.

ADC

leading edge of the input pulse

shaping delays. To accommodate

offset delay enabled, threshold

each discriminator channel sets the

otherwise, the descriptions and

the corresponding timing output

photon counting. The Model 265A

output connection. Each of the last four is connected directly to the input of a

r(t) = R(t) [1–∫ r(t1) dt1]

(7)

rejection of unselected inputs.

INTERFACES4

scintillation and semiconductor

resolution to be obtained from all either Gated or Ungated operation. In the

scintillators, and fast silicon

resolution. The Model 935 uses a

settings and Differentiate Out.

to ±500 mV referred to the output. 17-80090-15.

shaping networks. The Model 855

counts/s).

supply (referenced to –12 V).

LEVEL dial. The WINDOW dial adjusts the

terminator and a 100-Ω voltage

equivalent energy. Adjusts both outputs.

the instruments operated in the

wiring board (PWB), ensuring a uniform parallel for +12 V, –12 V, +24 V, –24 V, +6 V, –6

threshold control for excellent

proportional counters, and scintillation 570 generate a very symmetrical unipolar

through the computer interface.

counter.

timing single-channel analyzer.

can be set by an external voltage.

• Attenuated output with 1000

1 changes. Four toggle switches in a or not the direct output is terminated).

• Attenuated output with 2000

1 operated asynchronously from the line RIPPLE AND NOISE ≤0.003% of pulse

• Built-in protection network

the input FET from inadvertently applied

• Four completely independent

The ORTEC Model 850 Quad Single-

• Independent integration and

slope ratio and providing ultra-high count available for improved signal processing.

• Output delays independently

Temperature coefficient <0.04%/°C from 0 to

• Positive or negative inputs

6

• Separate fast-timing output

particularly suitable for high-energy 0 1.55 1.75

• Standard 9-pin D connectors

modules installed in the bin. Up to 6 the rear panel. Each pin is seperately filtered

• Time walk ≤100 ps for 100

1 584: constant-fraction, constant-fraction NIM-standard negative signal via the

(Fig. 1) is designed for maximum

interval recycling until the accumulated

1.3 ms to 1.3 s in 20-μs steps,

subsequent passes. This eliminates the need to clear memory

100 ns to 1.3 ms in 20-ns steps,

on the first pass, and then switches to the Sum mode for

855 produce semi-Gaussian-shaped

85% of full scale for an incoming count rate

974A Quad 100-MHz Counter/ Timer

counter will allow continuous counter

<50 Ω, short-circuit protected.

MISCELLANEOUS Meets EEC standards (CE) for emissions,

= 0, disable = 1. Must always be

Quantity Description 4300B 16-Input Fast Encoding & Readout

A power-entry module on the rear

temperature limit.

Burle (formerly RCA) 8575, 8850,

trimmer controls permit optimum normally connected to the input of a

Computer Controls and Indicators

by the mouse. The vertical coordinate of the data (counts) at the

DC REGULATION <±0.1% (typically

COOLING Rear-panel fan forces cooling

Embases tube photomultiplicateur

Guide PMT

Exclusive features of the CF8000

WALK <±250 ps from –50 mV to –5 V for a

Fifo (first in first out buffer)

Holds a maximum of 256 entries. The Fifo is designed for the “Continuous Mode” scenario where

For proper gating operation, the

shaped signal through a LEMO

GATING MODE SWITCH Rear-panel 2-

reflections ≤±5% for tr ≥2 ns.

GAUSS switch combine to offer 12

included with the unipolar output to

Gate A input. This configuration

the Input Polarity Jumpers on the

IEC801. Overvoltage category II,

when the internal heat-sink temperature

INTERVAL output of another ORTEC

TIME BASE 10-MHz clock with minimum

LB050 LEMO/BNC Adapter with male

BL050 BNC/LEMO Adapter with male IT100 Inverting Transformer A

LL174 Signal Cables RG-174 50-Ω

SMA58 RG-58A/U (50-Ω) Coaxial

Model 495 uses only high-quality

20-MHz bandwidth.

OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITY 0 to 10 mA.

must be the same polarity as that selected by

POS IN Front- and rear-panel BNC

front panel per DOE/ER-0457T.

S (External Write Strobe Output)

Front-panel LEMO

SIGNAL SPAN ±10 V linear range.

30 mA.

STROBE Front-panel BNC connector

signal selectable by PWB jumper.

THRESHOLD (T) A front-panel, 20-

internal offset delay. This delay GATE INPUTS 1, 2, 3, or 4 A rear-

The Model 142IH may be used with

INPUT Accepts input signal from a detector SHV female plugs, 12-ft length

The ORTEC Model 673 Spectroscopy

shaping (Figs. 6 and 7).

The ORTEC Model 994 Dual Counter

The basic Model 994 includes an 8-

The input is protected to ±5 V.

Model Description

VOLTAGE DIVIDER Resistor-divider

PREAMP BNC connector, furnishes

VT120 1 ≤1 ns 0 to –5 V ac A

+200 <20 μV (Preamp)

WINDOW WIDTH CONSTANCY Variation

(INT or NORMAL modes), or the lower limit of

adjusted from about 0.3 to 15 s.

connectors and are short-circuit protected.

and 120 V ac, in accordance with

Voltage Current Voltage Current sink temperature exceeds 95°C to warn

and have a width equal to the CF

driver.

and when the module is disabled.

SILENA 4418Q, 4418V, 4418T 33 μs

be used to drive the Model 416A.

provide simultaneous output pulses with

bipolar output is typically also

Fig. 13. Pulse Shaping in the Semi-Gaussian Shaping Amplifier.

both counters. The discriminator

The Model 995 derives its power from the

both portions of the instrument.

slow positive logic pulse at the end of each

by pulses with lower amplitudes.

SCA Output

capacitance to vary sensitivity.

1.5 x 10

circuits or time-to-pulse-height

combination for total delay; switches select 1,

compatible with other ORTEC NIM-

Net 0.17 kg (6 oz).

connector. All signal levels and

attenuation is set by the Attenuator switches.

cycle). Momentary Start Switches

Switch creates an

data from ADCs equipped with the

ORTEC FERAbus ADCs. The LeCroy

decay times. To prevent multiple

of input pulse amplitudes. The

discriminator. Output impedance,

generate no output pulse if it arrives

dwell can be chosen. The display

interval. The level is nominally +5 V when

fluctuating counting rates. BUSY

Busy input used by live-time correction circuits.

following pin assignments. These

temperature.

for all valid function commands.

the VSN2 Register (W1 to W8). The VSN2

four dynodes of the PMT by using

the discriminator. In scintillator

has no effect on the TAC output.

210 mA; –24 V, 165 mA; –12 V, 330 mA.

incorporate coincidence circuits

Delay provides a calibrated delay for any

is designed into the instrument,

dimly lighted room. By adding field-

mode is set by the ENABLE_REMOTE

the Count mode; <+1.5 V inhibits counting. The

multipliers, photodiodes, micro-

PERFORMANCE

of two when cable clip is used.)

Input impedance 100 Ω (to match

output pulse proportional to the

TIME RESOLUTION FWHM ≤0.01% of full

output voltages are continuously

shorted cable as a warm detector, and

performance, energy spectroscopy

sometimes be achieved using the manual

polarity signals from a detector

baseline between pulses in spite of

pulses in coincidence and gating

GAIN Unity ±2% at zero delay.

rear-panel Gate Input connector.

RESET CYCLE Fixed 1.0 μs for X1 and X10

resolution germanium and silicon

SYMMETRIC WINDOW mode is useful

scintillator can vary over a 500

1 range.

several ways. When the heat sink

standard IEC power connector permits

shaping networks. The Model 575A

SPECTRUM SHIFT* Peak position shifts

signal with rise time from <5 ns

charged-particle spectroscopy where 20 1.65 —

specified in DOE/ER-0457T. These

recommended for use with the higher-

systems can be enhanced by these

142A 2 X 107 MeV2/s.

systems where dc-coupling can be

Bipolar crossover equal to 1.5τ .

the LAM flip-flop, disables data

must be selected via F(17)·A(3)

the VETO signal must precede the

connector has its own 51-Ω resistor

the pico-TIMING Discriminator is

timing output for input signal amplitudes from

thus permitting a very selective

Preset value may be displayed by repeatedly

times the selected SHAPING TIME.

to the rear-panel INPUT. The impedance

to existing NIM-bin/power supply

PERFORMANCE

to that detector, and turns on a

V, on separate outputs, with each output NOISE AND RIPPLE <10 mV peak-to-peak

wide NIM for energy spectroscopy

an economical, general-purpose dual

with many commercially available

determined by comparison with those

with scintillation detectors and

Automatic positive and negative noise

–24 V, 50 mA; –12 V, 140 mA;

–6 V,

• 4k-channel ADC (15-μs fixed

2

• 50-ΩΩ delay cable clipping

500 ns), and cable clipping capability

• <5-ns overload recovery time

connection to the main amplifier. WEIGHT

• Adjustable from 5 to 6 volts

power from the 117 V ac bus on the bin maximum input current for 6-A output current.

• Calibrates time periods from

period that can be selected by the selections; factory-calibrated against National

• Crystal-controlled time base

circuitry, combined with an 8-decade into the nonpresettable portion of the

• Excellent high-counting rate

proportional counters. Its delay-line- Specifications

• Exponential pulse shape with

function of temperature and time, and 10% change in line voltage.

• For use with silicon surface

The ORTEC Model 428 Detector Bias

• Ideal for microchannel plate

The ORTEC Model 9307 pico-TIMING Model VT120 Fast-Timing Preamplifier

• Integral, normal, and window

HPGe spectroscopy experiments. These

• Linear and logarithmic modes

The ORTEC Model 449 Log/Lin For control and/or alarm applications, the

• Low noise and fast rise time

protection network to prevent damage to

• Output of ±5 V into 50 ΩΩ

which would otherwise be susceptible to

• Positive and negative inputs

either positive unipolar pulses or bipolar

• Unipolar and bipolar outputs

constants. The instrument also provides a

• Voltage gain adjustable from

mounting directly on or close to a mounted.

2-pin sockets and headers on each

Converter

4003 derives its power from a NIM

9 –12 V

575A produce semi-Gaussian-shaped

the baseline restorer discriminator.

<2% for any selected integration.

(PWB) jumper selects gated or ungated BLR

<3% on the MED response, and <10%

product of the RANGE and MULTIPLIER

B14-38 PMT pin base (see Fig. 2).

ORTEC Model 473A Constant-Fraction

BLEEDER RESISTANCE 1.5 MΩ total,

voltage connection.

Bin or a 4001C NIM Bin. The Model

220 191–239

C-13 BNC to Microdot Vacuum Feed-

C-38 SHV Male Bulkhead Jack.

C-16 Microdot to BNC Adapter with

C-17 BNC to Microdot Adapter with C-29 BNC Tee Connector.

C-27 Terminator, 100 Ω, BNC male

LT050 Terminator, 50 Ω, LEMO. MT050 50-Ω Matched Tee Signal

C-488-4 IEEE-488 Interface Cable,

length.

CONFIGURATIONS Two 16,384-channel

CAMAC READ Front-panel LED indicates

CONNECTIONS applications software

Please refer to “Standard NIM Digital Bus

DC power is provided by the Model

input voltages. Input voltage ranges

DIFFERENTIAL NONLINEARITY ≤±1%

4The following connectors are also available:

Detector Bias Supply contains two

manually cancelled by pressing the

FINE GAIN Front-panel single-turn

preamplifiers), ac-coupled.

Fig. 1. Simplified Timing System.

Fig. 2. Timing Spectrum for a Narrow Dynamic Range Using a

Hz, 400 VA max., EMI filtered per

TEMP Front-panel red light turns on

INPUT (Front Panel) BNC connector

UNI Front- and rear-panel BNC connectors POWER REQUIRED The Model 671 derives

INPUT (Rear Panel) BNC connector.

<1 Ω. Rear-panel output impedance

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY ≤±0.025%

Quantitative X-Ray Spectrometry (New York:

LINEAR Front-panel BNC connector.

–24 V, 80 mA; +12 V, 130 mA; –12 V, 30 mA.

LOWER LEVEL dial. The WINDOW dial

description under CONTROLS for output logic

MAXIMUM COUNTING RATE 100 MHz for

from the discriminators to facilitate adjustment standard RS-232-C communications. It also

MINIMUM INPUT THRESHOLD 50 mV for

POWER REQUIRED +24 V, 35 mA; –24 V,

Microchannel Plates, Microchannel

2 1

Model 276L has a diode protection

Assemblies.

NIM power connector. Clamping pin

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

NOMINAL VOLTAGE GAIN 5–10, non-

To order, specify:

OUTPUT AMPLITUDE RANGE 0 to ±5 V

switch selects inversion or noninversion of the

OUTPUTS voltages and currents are

+24 V at

POWER REQUIRED +12 V, 50 mA (uses

VT120C Fast-Timing Preamplifier (20 gain,

RST CH1, CH2, CH3, & CH4 Switches

Pushbutton will THUMBWHEEL Switches: Seven section switches that

Reset is automatically generated.

counting interval ends. In the 1 Cycle mode, OVFL B Rear-panel output identical to OVFL A

SENSITIVITY <0.01%/°C, from 0 to

not an individual channel will respond IN1, IN2, IN3, or IN4 A front-panel

Signal Isolation Typically >72 db

control for all active inputs.

TIME SHIFT vs PULSE HEIGHT (WALK)

WALK ADJUST Front-panel screwdriver selected by the front-panel controls. For

TIME SHIFT vs PULSE HEIGHT (Walk)

mode switch is on EXT, the rear-panel LL REF

TIME WALK ≤±100 ps for the 100

1 input

TTL inputs, or NIM-standard, slow

TTL One front-panel LEMO connector for

The Model 425A has many uses. For

CONTROLS

The ORTEC Model 113 Scintillation

to check operation of the electronics; input Suggested cable accessories:

The ORTEC Model 572A Amplifier is

spectrum broadening caused by dc drift

The ORTEC Model 659 5-kV Detector

TTL output. It is also possible to disable

The first is always a header word

Control Bus are listed below. If a LeCroy 4301

The full power of CCNIM (Computer

by the Model 996, thus permitting a very

The range of sound frequencies is

potentiometer to suppress the zero-reference

X500 overload for bipolar pulses.

through rear-panel connector.

Zin = 1 kΩ. BNC connector. Width

134 mm (5.25 in.)

a low-noise charge-sensitive unit

bias to the proportional counter. Suggested cable accessories:

accommodate any equipment modules

and ac power levels from the power

analyzer with a minimum amount of

gamma-ray peak for a Co source, positioned

and Timer incorporates two eight-

decade LED display that offers

and an output impedance of 50 Ω.

two BNC male plugs; 12-ft

and slightly lower noise than the

distortions in the oscilloscope when using

and ±24 V power. The 4002A Power

to 120% of their rated values by foldback Nominal Voltage (ac) Regulation Range

at reduced voltages, thus greatly

SHV female plugs; 12-ft length

available from the Model 584. The

THRESHOLD Front-panel 10-turn precision

be used as two counters recording

capabilities can be incorporated.

because of the 2% accuracy of its

Temperature Instability <±0.05%/°C.

can be set for compatibility with

connector, with test point, provides positive

capabilities can be incorporated.

display to show the contents of Counter

collection, sets all registers to

before issuing F(9)·A(0).

combinations. The Model 495 takes

INPUT 103–130 V ac, 47–63 Hz, 0.95 A

convenient front-panel connector.

INPUT A RESOLVING TIME 100 ns to 2 μs;

counting rates, and simplicity of

has reached its peak, subsequent inputs are

coupled, and protected to ±25 V.

inspector threshold, or for the duration of the

delay period that can be adjusted

Short (S) or Long (L) width range for each

deliver an output voltage that is

in the detector vacuum chamber. A

detectors, proportional counters,

realized.

dual, wide-dynamic-range integral

control is ineffective.

each peak in the time spectrum to

the Input and Output of the Dispersion

electron multipliers. The compact

are ac-coupled, short-circuit protected,

four separate preamp power output

48 W dc load and a 120 V ac input. Protected

functions can be executed without

the problem of the "occasionally missing needed for a crate full of FERAbus

high voltage necessary for proper

protects against overloads including short

impedance, 50 Ω. For proper FAST

zero-crossing time. Amplitude

installable options, considerably

when the Model 995 is enabled to count.

instrument. The use of the charge

controls output pulse height from 0 V to the

is also provided for measurements

PZ adjustment on an oscilloscope. When

is cleared and the OVERLOAD RESET

DISPLAY NONLINEARITY ≤±0.05% of full

match the ADCs being histgrammed.

GAI Front-panel LEMO connector accepts the

microchannel plates, proportional

Voltage Power Supplies provide the 20 Hz to 20 MHz.

minimum pulse amplitude that will

very short shaping delays required logic signal to gate the respective

narrow (0 to 10%) window, single-

In all cases, the Model 552 provides a

on the CF8000 discriminator. Each

DELAY Internal PCB jumper setting allows

oscilloscope triggering. A charge

of Pulse Height control to read directly in

over the range of 150 mV to 10 V.

POWER REQUIRED The Model 661

performance and reduced amplifier

FWHM for a 60Co 1.33-MeV gamma line at

power. The BLACK MAX power supply

4 A, +24 V @ 2 A, and –24 V @ 2 A, inputs to the power supply.

preselected audio threshold and a

Accepts either positive or negative input

produce a timing output. Variable

with 1-ns input pulse widths. With constant-fraction timing output.

proportional counters, ionization

BIAS Accepts the bias voltage for the

protected against power failures.

restorer operates only on the true automatically. A monitor circuit gates off

provides for a pulsed or dc-level

scale plus 5 ps for all ranges.

requiring zero cross-over timing.

pressed, this button inserts a diode

resolution inherent in these fast

essential for processing input signals

selected by switch on rear panel.

voltage can be based on an external dc

shutdown mode has been activated.

preamplifier FET input. The

signals in the range from +0.1 to

Stretcher accepts a linear input pulse

signals in the range from +0.2 to

provides a variable gate duration with from passing through the output during a gate

terminator are provided with this

PULSE HEIGHT Front-panel potentiometer

the BLR threshold. The Model 575A

OVERLOAD RECOVERY Recovers to within

the CCNIM option includes A and B

>+3 V at the Enable input allows the

the readout loop. The Model HM413

F(26)·A(1) and F(24)·A(1) commands are system operates in the zero-suppressed

timing discriminator can be used.

±1.0 V ac signal; 0 to ±2 V dc offset; maximum

unipolar or bipolar output shape.

of 0 to +10 V for the lower-level discriminator

voltage, and ambient temperature.

connectors.

worse than semi-Gaussian shaping.

Fig. 6. Double-Delay-Line Pulse Shaping.

• Adjustable output pulse width

volume HPGe detectors and silicon Specifications

• Bias voltage for solid-state,

The Model 710 Quad 1-kV Bias Supply signal from a trip level on a vacuum

• Continuously adjustable gain,

COARSE GAIN Front-panel 6-position switch

• Fast response circuit permits

A positive input accepts and counts

• General-purpose amplifier for

experienced operator could achieve

• Measures counting rates up to

ORTEC Model 661 Ratemeter measures A rear-panel ANALOG OUTPUT is

• Positive or negative polarity

has a stable internal reference voltage (10 to 90%).

• Wide choice of time constants

operation of the instrument when PERFORMANCE

0457T). The Model 556H is a stand-

POWER Front-panel toggle switch energizes

1.6 ns (33 cm or 13 in.), internal

20-turn screwdriver adjustment for

10 coulomb) required to produce an

Readings from 100 nA to 10 mA dc, ≤±0.2%;

10 ns to 10 μs on 80 ns to 80 μs

operator. The accuracy of this time period

100 to 500 mV and is common to all

coax).

142C +24 V, 40 mA; –24 V, 10 mA;

about 1 pF/mm for its 100-μm depletion

50°C. Threshold referenced to the

to the front-panel VETO input. LEMO connector input on each

80%; non-condensing humidity. Note

Unit will operate

<13 ns with 1.6-ns external delay.

for the individual channel's response

= 0, disable = 1. Must be disabled

intervals for the ECL Control Bus. Module

= M X 10N X Time Base. This switch

to 0. Nominally +5 V, 500 ns wide, through <10

AND, OR, Veto, Fan-Out, and Gating

Input Logic Unit has the flexibility to logic pulses. The third Y output delivers a

BANDWIDTH (3 dB) Typically 100 kHz

SMA Connectors,

BLEEDER CURRENT 2-mA maximum (last

DIMENSIONS

C-18-X-S Microdot 100-Ω Miniature

C-25-X-S RG-58A/U 50-Ω Cable with C-45-X-S RG-62A/U 93-Ω Cable with

C-19-X-S Microdot 100-Ω Miniature

one SHV female plug and

C-ECLBUS Cable Kit for the ECL Bus

must subsequently be read into the computer

CONNECTORS Two, industry-standard,

+6 V 4 A –6 V 4 A

Common mode rejection ratio >1000.

Fig. 3. Demonstration of the Effectiveness of the Pile-Up Rejector in Suppressing the Pile-Up Spectrum.

Connectors as specified by DOE/ER-

5 x 20 mm for 220 or 240 V ac.

Conversion Gain Nominally 5 μV/eV

power; compatible with all ORTEC main

DC to 100 MHz with ±200 mV input.

9309-4 Quad Fast Amplifier

DELAY GENERATOR DEAD TIME Adjusted

–24 V, 60 mA; +12 V, 85 mA; and –12 V,

DWELL Normally the Model 996 stops

accepts NIM-standard slow positive logic

F24 A0, F26 A0, F8 A0, and F10 A0.

CAMAC.

FTA820A 8 ≤1 ns 0 to –5 V ac A

+200 <20 μV (1-wide NIM)

GND Both pins connected to ground.

F(0)·A(0) Initiates reading the entire F(17)·A(3) Writes to the Segment Register

Gain ≤±0.0075%/°C, 0 to 50°C.

100, 200, 500, and 1k. Jumper on the printed INH Rear-panel BNC connector with Zo <10 Ω

INT, ASYM WINDOW, SYM WINDOW, NORM

To order, specify:

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY (UNI Output)

slow amplifier BLR threshold. matching resistor must match the output

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY <±0.5% over

OUTPUT

Input Threshold Set by front-panel

ETHERNET Rear-panel BNC connector,

LEDs whenever the NIM bin power is

BIAS VOLTAGE RANGES 0–5 kV, or 0–500

LINEAR Positive or negative signal

signal for every linear input pulse; width

MAX™ Power Supply is designed to

attached bin by the BLACK MAX is dc supplies, crowbar circuits limit the

Model HM413 decodes the SUBADDR to

GATE and CLR lines on the ECL Control used only in the Readout Control mode.

Normal UL and LL are independently

an output to occur from the SCA. The external amplifiers and other amplifiers having a 0 to

ORTEC GAMMA-X PLUS detector, 8.5-V

rate. PZ position offers lowest fixed rate for

Output) <±0.025% from 0 to +10 V.

1.33-MeV gamma ray at the unipolar output, REF input. The impedance matching resistor

Power Supply is designed to exceed

interface connector specified in DOE/ER-

Power Supply is ideally suited for

voltage. Also incorporated in this

Preamp Power Fan-Out Cable to each

FREQUENCY RANGE Operating range for ac

RISE TIME <8 ns with Integrate and

BLR ADJ Front-panel screwdriver adjustment

Regulated dc power supplied to the

power cords and plugs that meet local 117-VOLT AC OUTPUT Limited only by the

Remote mode. Computer readout with

turns Off the Gate LED. Open circuit or

SHUTDOWN indicator light. The bias

from 5 Hz to 50 MHz.

SPECTRUM BROADENING Typically <16%

OUTPUTS

Silicon Charged-Particle Detectors

CFD CFD CFD CFD AMP/LE

Single-Photon Counting/Timing with

CFD CFD CFD CFD LE pT pT

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT <0.01%/°C

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT <0.02%/°C

standard IEC power connector, type CEE-22, Pin Number Power Voltage

TEST BNC connector accepts a pulse

113 Scintillation Preamplifier

THERMAL PROTECTION The red, front-

PREAMP 1, PREAMP 2, PREAMP 3,

Td ≈ Te + U(Tne–Te) (Tne–Te)

(1)

The Model 449 is available with an

4

The Model 566's start input can be

10 ns or 2% of full scale (whichever is greater)

The ORTEC 4001A and 4001C NIM Bins

The ORTEC 4001A Bin distributes all dc

The ORTEC Model 4002A Power Supply

thermal overload is automatic when the

The ORTEC Model 590A Amplifier and

that are usually present during x-ray

The SCA OUT is generated for pulse

OUT connector through a 470-Ω resistor.

The input power for Models 556 and

reference input.

Threshold The BLR threshold is set

output.

To minimize damage caused by large

pulse. Linear range is nominally +0.25 V to –1 V

VACUUM SHUTDOWN LED (common to all

To order, specify:

above the Lower Level (T) setting.

gating the Start circuitry in either Coincidence

accompanied by an enable pulse are

with a passive symmetric baseline restorer.

and 20-mA loop. The command format

interfaces, is primarily intended as a

and generates an output pulse with

to input.

any output as observed on a 50-MHz

inside the bin near the On/Off switch that

as, or better than, those the most

with automatic threshold circuit to provide the

attached to a Model 4001C NIM Bin.

peratures up to 50°C. In addition, 115 V

bandwidth make the ORTEC Model 533

65 mA.

be locked out by the ENABLE_REMOTE

implementation of a SHOW_COUNTS

buffers. Combined with appropriate

920E.

can be subtracted from the data by

Short time constant; ~5% with Log Long time

compensation for each application.

signal. Occurs simultaneously with timing

connecting power between the Model

accessory cable C-VT120).

connector. These connections allow

counting a fast amplifier is typically

cord permits close coupling to the

from 0 to –2 V into 50-Ω loads.

counters, and Geiger-Mueller tubes

noise-free, well-regulated, very stable OVERLOAD PROTECTION Internal circuitry

counts, and which counter is being

instrument to count, if the Count mode

decade counters and a blind preset

instantaneous visual readout of the full

designed for use with proportional

<1140 at 100 <485 at 100 150 at 100

determines the random error in the

analog output.

discourages unintentional changes.

Recovery from overload is automatic indicated by front-panel LEDs whenever bin

energy measurement. BNC connector.

To choose among Models 142A, 142B, or 142A Preamplifier (for 0 to 100 pF)

equal to the CF Shaping Delay plus

factor of approximately 5 with respect

fast silicon photodiodes, and fast

with picosecond precision. Moreover, this compatible, 9-pin D connector on its rear

fast, negative-polarity signals as

amplitude. Minimizing walk is

for furnishing the bias voltage to

preamplifier FET if the detector is cooling

fraction timing technique provides

of the baseline restoration of the main

front-panel LED indicates that the

external CF Delay ≈2 ns.

high efficiency and cool operating

RECOVERY TIME <2 ms to within ±1% after

high-resolution, narrow (0 to 10%)

≤±0.03%/°C of full scale, 0 to 50°C.

higher range. The choice between 7

CONTROLS

in precise fast coincidence timing

factor of X0.3 to X1.

in the updating mode, <7 ns in the

factory in the updating mode.

input mode can be used with paired

undershoot is automatically removed, resulting in (d) better resolution at high

is also located on the rear panel.

are digits ranging from 0 to 9. P is a digit

is independent of pulse amplitude.

The extremely short pulses from

logic pulses to inhibit the timing

blocking, fast negative NIM output

logic requirements, such as gating

INPUTS

manufacturers. The Model 4002P can

220 191–239

maximum value of nominally 10 μs.

POWER REQUIRED

mode, and >150 MHz in the blocking

adjustment as listed in Table 1. The

module's power plug. The BLACK MAX

the NIM bin is provided by the standard

needed for measurements with high-

a range of +20 mV to +10 V. The

negative inputs. The TTL output is

typically –16 mA (–800 mV into a 50- Ω load),

of pulse amplitudes. The Model 935

shown in Fig. 1, this results in a walk

output pulse. The instrument has a

for 50 nA, typically ±0.3% (count rate on 10–10

outputs on all the channels chosen

signals, furnished through front-panel

panel can be used to optimize walk

≤10 to ≥1000 ns.

panel controls are disabled by the

are digits ranging from 0 to 6. With the 0.01-

printed wiring board (PWB) jumpers

with automatic recovery after fault removal.

provides a 10-V linear output with

typically <0.02% for a Co 1.33-MeV gamma

pulse widths from a X500 overload.

have the same value.

r(t) = R(t) exp [–∫ R(t1) dt1]

(5)

rates. The gated baseline restorer

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

require nanosecond time precision.

OUTPUTS

semiconductor radiation detectors,

and extends operating bias to the detector.

signal enabled by the rear-panel B

test probes.

standard FERAbus readout port. The

4300B operates only in the Coincidence

stated otherwise, the descriptions

Spare jumpers for this position are

temperature exceeds 82°C, the red

supply to the bin is with bolts utilizing the

temperature exceeds 95°C, the red

power cords and plugs that meet local

that have been manufactured to NIM

supply to the module connectors through 4001A BIN

the ADCs detected an event. REQ is

transfer, and enables the next word to be

the discriminator threshold level.

G+ Selects the rear-panel BNC Gate Input

the ratemeter response time, which

NONLINEARITY <±0.1% of full scale at the

timer can perform this function to

preset or displayed intervals of 0.01 s or 0.01 and that all front-panel controls are disabled.

timing or constant-fraction timing

switch selects gain factors of X10, 20, 50, 100,

timing with two independent timing

552 a versatile instrument is a

to alter the output polarity. This

output current is within tolerable limits. negative. Internally selectable. Polarity

tubes, electron multipliers, etc.,

9305 high performance and reliability. For

varying amplitudes and essentially

For an application where it is desirable to

voltage with capacitances of up to

performance from their charged-particle NOISE (see Fig. 2)

voltages are being supplied at the

input com-patible with detectors

when the entire memory is assigned

4302 Dual Port Memory

with female Microdot on both ends.

male BNC and male Microdot.

with the VETO YES/NO switch. Input

LEMO connectors, mark the CF

with two Microdot male plugs; 5-cm

with one BNC male plug and one 100-Ω Cable; specify length.

within the range from 0.25 through

amplifier is <±0.01%/°C; an additional shift of

±24 V dc, and are compatible with

–24 V.

• 16-input, high-performance MCA

group of inputs to be routed to any

• 8-decade presettable timer and

The ORTEC Model 871 is a nonprinting For applications where a number of

• Charge-sensitive for universal

It will accommodate any detector OUTPUTS

• Detector protection in case of

voltage for solid-state, charged-particle generates a low TTL level whenever an

• Excellent time delay stability

coincidence timing between two channels +2 V pulse minimum, 12 V maximum; 100-ns

• For counting rate measurements

Designed for photon or ion beam

• Gated active baseline restorer

to 1250.

• Includes rate monitor facility

counting applications. Features of the

• Low noise, wide-gain range and

good or better results than those the

• Time delay from 0.1 to 110 μs

provided by this module satisfies various

+10 V; active-filter-shaped and dc-

Ordering Information

11 μs Selects a 1 to 11 μs range.

416A Gate and Delay Generator

120 V AC OUTPUT Limited only by the

Over-voltage protection for the ±6-V

4001C/4002D, 4001C/4002E, 4001M, or

as the Models 4001A/4002A, 4001A/4002D,

A COUNTER/TIMER JUMPER Two-position

preset value; <+1.5 V inhibits counting. The

ADC is not requesting a readout, it

LEDs indicate when the HM413 is because they fail to detect any analog

AMP INPUT BNC front- and rear-panel

Ordering Information

ANALOG OUTPUT RANGE Printed circuit

Ratemeter derives its power from a NIM bin

Attenuation Factor affects only the

full-scale range and polarity that are

BIPOLAR CROSSOVER WALK ≤±3 ns at

INPUT Front-panel BNC connector accepts

Base is a mechanical assembly and a

coupled, with the anode connected to Model 265A. The negative signal from the

C-30 Microdot to Microdot Connector

C-31 BNC to Microdot Adapter with C-46 SHV Tee Connector.

COIN/ANTI). Input impedance, 50 Ω.

observation of the constant-fraction

COUNT CAPACITY 8 decades for counts

or via the interface option), the GATE input

COUNTER/TIMER JUMPER A two-position

vides a NIM-standard slow positive logic signal

Counting these overflows on another

ranging from 0 to 6. With the 0.01-SEC time SEL (Select) Push-button chooses the M, N,

DC Level Instability ≤20 μV/°C.

165 m A. +12 V, 160 mA; –12 V, 110 mA; +6

DEAD TIME CORRECTION Extended Live-

maximum; semi-Gaussian-shaped or gated- RS-232-C — Serial standard RS-232-C

DISCRIMINATOR NONLINEARITY <±0.25%

a NIM-standard, positive logic pulse output:

EXT LLD When the rear-panel-mounted

WEIGHT

Gaussian pulse shape. A front-panel

the more sensitive amplitude scales

Ge Coaxial Detectors (GEM, GAMMA-X)

2 1 3

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY <±0.15% from

POWER REQUIRED The Model 426 derives

Input impedance is 1000 Ω to +5 V.

Dimensions

LEMO type 00C50 connectors are used

Ordering Information

LIST-MODE/HISTOGRAMMING MEMORY SIZE

1,048,576

MEMORY CAPACITY 24 Bits (16,777,215

memory segment. The relative brightness ECL LOGIC LEVELS The nominal ECL logic

Module Extender Cable, which can be

exceeds 95°C, the power supply is

NOISE <100 μV rms equivalent input

SMA58-1.5 RG-58A/U (50-Ω)

Output Noise <50 μV rms with ORTEC

POWER Captive 3-m (10-ft) power cable accessories, use the following model

POSITIVE OUTPUT WIDTH (+ Width) PWB

+6 V 0 0

S (40–1200 ns) or L (1–40 μs).

adjustment. Y outputs are triggered by either

SCA OUT LED Front-panel LED flashes

lower-level threshold. input pulse crosses the upper-level threshold

SPECTRUM SHIFT Peak position shifts

ORTEC power connector. Amphenol

STOP GATE MODE Two-position locking

RESET/INHIB Terminates conversion cycle

Saturation Level +10 V into an open

length

Segment Select Register (W1 to W8).

for a single START trigger, because the 3377

Separate gating (anticoincidence or

signals. All inputs and outputs are dc-

TF50 Feedthrough terminator, 50 Ω,

SMA50 Terminator, 50 Ω, SMA (male). T50 Terminator, 50 Ω, BNC. Provides a

TIME BASE ACCURACY Within ±0.0025%

DISPLAY Push-button selects the contents of

The CLR signal releases all ADCs to

HM413 detects this situation, and

The FTA820A provides eight separate

WEIGHT

The Model 276L provides two outputs

including:

The Model 439, when combined with a

CONTROLS AND INDICATOR

The Model 871's two sections accept

COUNTING RATE 25 MHz guaranteed, both

The Model 9326 Fast Preamplifier is

Specifications

The ORTEC Model 269 Photomultiplier

Two outputs are furnished from the

The ORTEC Model 276 Photomultiplier

transistors due to sudden application or

The ORTEC Model 416A Gate and Delay

AMPLITUDE Front-panel screwdriver control,

The ORTEC Model 550A Single-Channel

SCA output. This mode is useful when a

The ORTEC Model 920E is a member of

the task of making a user-written

The amplifier employs active-filter

The TSCA output occurs ~500 ns after

The architecture of the ORTEC Model

is set via computer interface, the Event

The counting function of the entire

GATE A single LED indicates that the entire

The pulse from a Busy Output on the

adjusts delay period from peak detect to the

The selectable TAC output width and

RANGE (ns) Three-position rotary switch

The timing single-channel analyzer,

its incoming count rate changes from 1000 to

The versatility of the Model 552 is

be useful in separating the detected

VETO operation, the leading edge of

–800 mV on 50-Ω load. Each output

VT120 and conventional preamplifier

DIMENSIONS Aluminum housing 5.8 X 5.1 X C-VT120 Power Cable Assembly for

With SCAs that utilize leading-edge

it possible to align output signals that

accommodates the following types of

dynodes is also available externally constant-fraction timing discriminator via

additional logic modules. The logic

analyzers. Front-panel LEDs indicate

amplifiers with classical RC pulse-

unipolar output, 1.5-μs shaping, 1 to 50,000

an 8-decade LED display that offers

conveniently accessible on the front

and a push-button below the display

the contents of the counter can be read.

and specifications are given for an

located in the storage area towards

and the current in each detector is

NOISE AND RIPPLE <0.0002%.

any coincidence system arrangement.

POWER REQUIREMENTS The Model 418A

arbitrary waveforms, such as a ramp

selects the rise-time shaping for the output

assignments, and FERAbus functions.

STORED Front-panel LED flashes for

bandwidth preamplifier designed for

A Version 200, noninverting. C-VT120 cable assembly with connections

baseline between pulses in spite of

the baseline restorer and provides a

between two or more signal paths to

0.5 290 1.20

bipolar pulse shaping. The unipolar

SHAPING Semi-Gaussian on all ranges with

can also be used with scintillators

guaranteed <±50 ps and typically

coincidence or anticoincidence mode

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

connector accepts NIM negative fast

OUT Three bridged, updating or

consistently better timing results.

base-line sweep input is provided via the

crossing discriminator threshold to

UPDATING/BLOCKING MODE (W2)

current of 0.6 mA with typical high

energy analysis; Zo = 93 Ω, dc-coupled.

dc-coupled anticoincidence input is

>3000Ω.

delay is approximately equal to the

DIMENSIONS NIM-standard single-

designated under OUTPUTS. The Model

8 No connection

detectors over a wide dynamic range

with subnanosecond rise times. As

detectors, scintillation detectors,

amplifier. The low input noise, selectable

detectors, silicon charged-particle

capability of germanium detectors is

detectors. It can also be used with

ORTEC Model 552 Pulse Shape

determinations using majority logic

Coincidence unit with five dc-coupled

discharges in a partial vacuum, the

DISPLAY UNCERTAINTY ±1/2 least

displayed, either Counter or Timer.

ground, dc-coupled. When using the Ext Timer

each supply indicates when its bias

OUTPUT VOLTAGE ACCURACY ±0.25% of

eliminates the need for an external

PULSE-PAIR RESOLUTION <40 ns on both

enclosures due to the limited space

142C <11 ns at 400 pF; <20 ns at 1000 pF.

existing power supplies, or ordered

The thermal warning lamp is illuminated when

fraction, and slow-rise-time reject

dual discriminator levels allow this unit to on scintillation detectors with long decay

fraction, the length of the shaping

Shipping 2.0 kg (4.4 lb).

from +100 mV to +9.5 V using front-

NIM bin with power supply. For bins that

from 0 to 60°C for the dc outputs.

accepts power cables wired according to local 16 +12 V

greater than +3 V at the GATE input

preset stop condition must not have been

handle counting rates up to100 MHz.

RS-232-C option is located on the rear

in the amplitude range of –600 to

RESPONSE setting, when measuring the

incorporate coincidence circuits or

50-Ω calibrated cable delay, providing

input of the Model 9307 pico-TIMING

Cable with SMA Connectors,

is complete. Once completed, the PZ

analyzer to prevent analysis of distorted

is made with the ORTEC Model 401-C3

When the temperature of the heat sink Maximum

is suitable for any general-purpose

<±0.05% from 0.1 to 10 V.

limitation, the Model 661 Ratemeter

selectable.

maintained by a continuous baseline

OUTPUT AMPLITUDE RANGE 0 to ±5 V

many time spectroscopy systems. The

MULTIPLIER Five-position rotary switch

maximum output in <5 non-overloaded

DELAY LINE SHAPING 1-μs. Both delay lines

measurements made within a 1-minute

heat sinks exposed for accidental

memory segment, and for erasing the

separately ordered accessory. This kit

memory. The leading edge of the WST

distributed to all ADCs connected to the

meter and the analog outputs can be

controls the function of the Model 439:

more than adequate performance with

a peak in the spectrum and it is desirable

needed when changes are made in the

from the overload.

observed with greater accuracy than

Long time constant.

or timing conditions. The Model 542

STRETCHER DROOP

ordered as an accessory. The output

automatically turned off. Recovery is +12 V 1 A

other detectors used in fast timing

NOISE ≤20 μV rms equivalent input noise.

over a ±15 mV range. A front-panel

selects either the updating mode (U),

panel, TEMP light turns on when the

PREAMP 4 Rear-panel, 9-pin, "D" connectors

per second to 10 million counts per

of average pulse spacing up to the 3 X 104

plate detectors, microchannel plate

Measured using a 1-ns-wide input pulse with

power supply provides all necessary

positive or negative attenuated dc-coupled

precision of the setting of the BLR

nonoverload pulse widths using maximum gain

provide constant-fraction timing on

fraction as a function of input pulse

pulse to be input directly to other

resistors (X2, X5, X10, X10).

pulser having a pulse width of 2 ns

Captive power cord with standard 9-pin D 9306 1-GHz Preamplifier

rear-panel, BIAS SHUTDOWN input, or

an open circuit will allow the Model 660 to

requiring multiple delays and pulse

Long setting.

resolve shape variations over a 200

1

seconds for the AUTO PZ BUSY LED to

with several levels of automation. generated by transistor-reset

separate slow-energy side channels.

each application.

shutdown condition. That particular

on the 1000-V range, and 0 to 19.99 μA in

signal from the preamplifier warmup

500 ms.

specifications apply to each of the

pulse.

stage PMTs that fit standard 20-pin

measurements.

standard, fast negative logic pulse

ns. The input is dc-coupled with a 50- Ω input

that can only be controlled or read

presettable timer or a pre-settable

the EtherNIM family of multichannel

application communicate with the Model

the Model 974A include the RS-232-C

only through one of the computer

the double-delay-line shaped output

<±4 ns for any adjacent Coarse Gain switch

the levels. A front-panel green LED

9.99 V. When the printed wiring board (PWB)

threshold. The Model 855 offers the

for unipolar output. Same recovery from X500

triggering on the long decay times,

patented shaping technique also

use with photomultipliers, electron

OUTPUT LINEAR RANGE

via a computer or dumb-terminal. In

preset counting interval. The contents of

walk adjustment for optimum timing.

≤±0.5% of full scale.

walk adjustment monitors the actual

output pulse widths. In the blocking

weight, the Model 9301 is ideal for

NONLINEARITY <±1%.

weight, the Model 9305 is ideal for

voltage gain from typically 5 to 10. Front-panel

with greater accuracy than could be

Temperature Instability ≤±0.25% of full scale

±0.05%) for ±12 V and ±24 V, and

air over the internal power supply heat

• 0 to –1 V output into 50 ΩΩ

9-pin D preamplifier power connector POWER REQUIREMENTS The required +12 V

• 16k-channel data memory, 2 –1

bus NIM/488 per DOE/ER-0457T

• 18 full-scale meter ranges from

7

• 2- to 65-ns delay in 1-ns steps

coaxial cables that are interconnected by MINIMUM DELAY (All Switches Out) 2.0 ns.

• Adjustable delay 0.1 to 1.1 μs

signals and giving better results than are When it is desirable to scan an entire

• Auto Recycle dwell time control

display. In addition to the four 100-MHz the internal 0.1-second time base, the

• Convenient NIM bin power outlet

The Model 4003 Preamplifier Power

• Excellent temperature stability

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

• Fast, medium, and slow response

rates is covered with 18 different scales. provided for the calibration of this output.

• For passing and blocking analog

The ORTEC Model 542 Linear Gate and

• Ideal for proportional counters

CONNECTORS

• Measures dc or average value of

The ORTEC Model 439 Digital Current

• Output synchronized with a stop

requiring time ranges from 10 ns to 2 ms TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY ≤±0.01%/°C

• Provision for external baseline

discriminators, are employed to obtain 50°C using a NIM Class-A power supply

• Pulse-pair resolving time <5 ns

(DLY) to be equal to the time taken

• Timing with germanium detectors

The ORTEC Model 474 Timing Filter frequency over ±5 V range.

• Trailing-edge constant-fraction

Another feature that makes the Model

• Zero dead time between channels

absolutely no lost counts and no double counting at channel boundaries

(CLR) signal on the ECL Control Bus.

ADCs for the next event. The Model

115 V ac OUTPUT Unregulated voltage.

temperature decreases to a safe value.

250-ns rise time and 200- or 400-μs

read directly in terms of equivalent

4002P for four preamplifiers through

The Model 4002P has maximum output

50-Ω load. The compact size permits

0–50˚C.

9302 is a leading-edge discriminator

threshold with settings of 1 kHz, 10 kHz,

<10-ns rise time and 200- or 400-μs

front-panel controls that allow the RIPPLE AND NOISE 0.003% of pulse

A (External Write Acknowledge Input)

Front-panel LEMO

A inputs in parallel and B inputs in

completely independent of each other; range 0

Amplifier B to form the noninverting

OUTPUTS

An external reference voltage may be

the internal reference.

Analyzer (TAC/SCA) measures the time

operated in the Window mode, where the

BNC connectors provide negative NIM-

552 Pulse-Shape Analyzer/Timing SCA

C-36-2 RG-59A/U 75-Ω Cable with two

C-75 RS-232-C Null Modem Cable, C-80 RS-232-C Extension Cable, male-

COUNTERS 2, 3, AND 4 Front-panel BNC

connector.

DC OUTPUT Maximum rated currents for

switch if the temperature of the internal

DC Screwdriver potentiometer adjusts

the spectrum when using the GI output.

DELAY 20-turn screwdriver-adjustable

STROBE Provides an external means to provides NIM-standard slow positive logic level

Delayed Marker pulse. Excellent time

–250 mV pulse minimum; 5 ns minimum width,

Fast Plastic or Liquid Scintillators

2 2 4 4 4 1 5

Four NIM-standard output signals are

CONTROLS

Front- and rear-panel BNC connectors

Operate Position in which the Model 439 will

GAIN Nominally 100 (50 to 150), non-

WEIGHT

Gate A and Gate B inputs on the rear

LEDs is illuminated. When one of these LEDs

HIGH VOLTAGE Negative, 3 kV maximum.

Shipping 1.37 kg (3.0 lb) numbers and descriptions below:

HIGH VOLTAGE –3 kV maximum at 2 mA

amplifier such as the ORTEC Models 460,

IN4) signal by 1 ns and have a width

monitor output is attenuated by a

INC M Push-button used to select the

standard slow positive logic pulse at each

INPUT BNC connector; input impedance

To order, specify:

INPUT POLARITY Locking toggle switch

DIMENSIONS Standard single-width NIM

INPUT SMA input connector with 50-Ω

50-Ω coaxial signal cables having SMA SMA/BNC SMA to BNC Adapter

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY ≤±0.05% for

source.

In addition to the front-panel meter

10–10 counts/s.

Minimum Detectable Signal Limited by

the NORM input connector is used. In the

Model 9302 include a wideband, high-

NOISE ≤10 μV for maximum gain setting.

NORM position. When operating in the

between pulses has a dc level of 0 ±10 mV. Ordering Information

OUTPUT PEDESTAL Adjustable to <1 mV.

Model Description

OUTPUTS Inverted Out and Out Outputs

Left LEMO 00

OVERLOAD RECOVERY Recovers to within

Timing Single-Channel LOWER-LEVEL REFERENCE Toggle switch

Output Fall Time Time constant of 50

SIGNAL Preamplifier input is connected

POS/NEG Toggle switch selects Pos or

produce a pile-up reject signal at the GI POWER REQUIRED +24 V, 125 mA;

POSITIVE INPUT DISCRIMINATOR Thresh-

INPUT POLARITY JUMPERS Two jumpers communications. The field-installable RS-232-

PULSE PAIR RESOLUTION <100 ns on any

Ordering Information

Readout Control Mode The Model HM413

when operating in the Readout Control mode

SERIAL INTERFACE CONTROL (S-2) An 8-

counting; 25 V maximum. A level of <+1.5 V cable (3-meter length)

START GATE MODE Two-position locking

provides NIM-standard slow positive logic level

Several features are incorporated to

1000-V range, 0.05 V on the 100-V range.

Software Group n Enable (n = 1 or 2)

Starts the specified counter when the

TAC OUTPUT Front-panel BNC connector

To order, specify:

TIME BASE SELECT Push button used to

Model Description

TIMING MODE Front-panel two-position

termination required.

TTL OUTPUT Front-panel BNC connector

0.5-m length

The Model 419 maintains the selected

range from ±0.5 V to ±1 V; linearity, ±0.1% of

The ORTEC Model 265A Photomultiplier

performance. The anode output is dc- Two outputs are furnished from the

The ORTEC Model 427A Delay Amplifier

NONLINEARITY Integral nonlinearity

The Ultimate in Fine Time Resolution

rates for various numbers of units.

The automatic-walk adjustment of the

PROTECTED TO –100 V for pulse duty cycles

The blocking output signal is a NIM-

constant-fraction timing and inhibits output

The output voltage can be controlled

selects the reference source for the output

The versatility of the Model 550A is

exceeds the corresponding discriminator

Upper and Lower level Discriminators

USBEXT USB Active Extension Cable

V @ 2 A, –12 V @ 2 A, +24 V @ 1 A,

input power. Control of the primary power ac. Output is limited to 50 VA at 96-W dc load

a high-resolution, narrow (0 to 10%)

screwdriver potentiometer determines the

a low-power voltage divider network,

from any ORTEC main amplifier or

a non-inverting gain of 100 make the

coupled, with a 50-Ω input impedance, Portable Power Supply and most NIM

accept the next event. The CLI input

CAMAC readout of selected memory prevents lock-up by initiating a readout

according to the Gedcke-Hale method.

Minimum Detectable Activity (MDA) for a user-specified MCA

active-filter-network pulse shaping;

Net 1.4 kg (3 lb).

amplitude threshold for generating a

THRESHOLD TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY

analyzer for optimum high-count-rate

source for initiating the strobe cycle to strobe

analyzer. A baseline restorer, (BLR)

X5 through X1250.

assembled with the appropriate ORTEC

the operating temperature approaches the

bandwidth, such as most NIM-standard

Shipping 2.2 kg (5 lb).

be adjusted up to 1 μs in duration.

output that facilitates quick and

between the 4002P and the NIM module

heat sink temperature rises above 82°C.

burst rates >200 MHz in the updating

Bin Gate. W3 selects the range of output width

cables, as well as those of most NIM

120 103–129

calibrate the system; BNC connector.

Net 0.32 kg (0.75 oz). preferred.

command from a terminal or computer.

command. This results in an integer

connectors. Accepts pulses with rise

ratemeter or counter.

conveniently accessible on the front

time base source. By repeatedly pressing the

converters. And, because of the high

2, 4, 8, 16, and 32 ns.

counters and scintillation detectors

coincidence or gating applications.

delay, automatic walk adjustment, an

a 2-ns delay, and the threshold set at

derivation, and pulse-shape analysis

Analyzer and Timing Single-Channel LL OUT and UL OUT outputs.

derives its power from a CAMAC crate

by noting that bit 16 is set to 1. The Virtual

deviation of the instantaneous meter

METER Front-panel meter provides visual

dimly lighted room. By adding field-

buttons. The Gate LED is illuminated

discriminator threshold are counted.

constants yield a standard deviation in the

discriminator threshold setting. The

omitted, the internal delay

discriminators in a single-width NIM

crossing discriminator in the Model

eliminates this timing shift, giving

scan an entire spectrum, an external

enabled in order to accept ADC data.

Charge ADC

external shaping delay approximately

OUTPUT WIDTH (W) A front-panel,

from +20 mV to +10 V. The SCA OUT is

connectors provide a NIM-standard, positive

from 10 ns to 10.24 μs in 11 binary

10.24 μs.

from 10 to 10 counts/sec in a single

Specifications

generation of the output logic pulse

ultra-fast photomultiplier tubes

honoring/ignoring the CAMAC Inhibit.

11 msb 2048

incorporates two wideband unity-gain

Four identical inputs for Amplifier A and two for

independent of input counting rates.

ensures that the high-resolution capability

input linear gate can be disabled or

at 70% of full scale (DC Couple mode and

integral linearity, response to high

PILEUP REJECTION After the input pulse

inverting, into a 50-Ω output load.

Net 0.2 kg (0.4 lb).

ionization chambers and proportional

occurred in the Model 710. This output

is required. For triggering at a 20%

Net 1.1 kg (2.6 lb).

linear and 2 log time constants is a

RANGE 12-position switch selects the full-

lower rear intake, through the power

temperature.

maximum performance at high counting

WINDOW WIDTH CONSTANCY ≤±0.1%

minimum width), protected to ±25 V.

To order, specify:

moderate counting rates and red when

Fig. 1. Gaussian, Triangular, and Bipolar Output Pulse Shapes for a 2-μs

monitored on the large, 8-decade LED

to counting channel 1 can be selected as

most demanding timing or coincidence

(INH), which disables all "B" outputs.

nearly independent of input counting

Gain <±0.0075%/°C, 0 to 50°C.

necessary for use in high-resolution

PERFORMANCE

on the rear panel and wired with the

23°C, 80 W up to 50°C ambient air

operation, the baseline (lower-level

be divided by 10 to determine the Window

or a Gaussian pulse shape on the UNI

until the baseline has safely recovered

other charged-particle spectroscopy.

INPUTS

output connector (Fig. 1). The noise

from the overload.

outputs. All outputs have adjustable

CONTROLS

panel push-buttons labeled INC M and

COUNTER/TIMER DISPLAY 8 characters, 7-

panel. Each counter has a rear-panel

DISPLAY 3 LEDs labeled A, B, and Preset

performance and convenience features

that provides a logic output for every

photomultiplier tubes, channeltrons,

analog pulses from ultra-fast detectors The Model 9307 incorporates a

power entry fuse when operating from

outputs prevents these outputs from

power is sufficient to operate a NIM

automatic when the load is reduced and –12 V 1 A

preamplifier case with captive power

and capable of driving pulse amplitudes

precision integral discriminators on

nominally +5 V when counting and on until a reset is generated.

processed through an ORTEC Model 113

defl deflection

proportional counters. The Model 671

discriminators ensure that the baseline

pulses, or the frequency of periodic

recorders. The full-scale output can be

range of 0.5 to 10 μs, and the TRI/

A front-panel limit (LIM) push button is

ratio in any particular experimental

analyzer range.

readout of the current or voltage of

On each supply, a 10-turn, locking dial

rear-panel LL REF EXT BNC connector.

Normal UL and LL are independently

recovery than is possible with semi-

turn Fine Gain control from 0.3 through 1; total

scan an entire spectrum, an external

threshold (20 mV to 9.99 V) and UL is

scintillation counters, proportional

to widen (or narrow) the window to

settings. (See Accessories section.)

INPUT RANGE 0 to –5 V.

should precede the IN1 (IN2, IN3, or

impedance, 50 Ω, ac-coupled. The

signals on modules that require fast

set by the WIDTH control. The outputs are

single-channel or multichannel pulse

needed when changes are made in the

sink temperature exceeds 110°C, the

is provided by the On/Off switch on the

spectroscopy, and also for alpha and

OPEN LOOP GAIN ≥40,000.

suited for use with the proportional

the Model 590A ideal for use in slow

supply has been disabled by the BIAS

range through an output imped-ance of

switch selects input circuit desired

BLR High,

system live time is connected to the

or negative sensing inputs by changing

the AUTO PZ button and waiting a few

performance, gated, baseline restorer overload recovery from the reset pulses

the Model HM413 will generate an REQ

Strobe (WST) signal on the ECL Control

the PRESET value may be displayed by

THRESH ADJ Front-panel mounted, 25-turn

the Valid Start output indicates the

Strobe Reset cycle.

the germanium detector pulses before

TIME CONSTANT Two 6-position switches on

the input current. Full-scale analog

must be injected at the input to obtain a digital

the overload. The PUR and BUSY logic

as active high or active low by means of a

the preamplifier and the system. The

Teledyne S-88-I and S-1212-I Integral

the selected delay so that no signal

LINEAR DELAY Any combination of the

the standard warmup sensor output on

specifications listed below apply to either channel.

the width of the blocking output can

provides a zero-crossing monitor

times) for use with various types of

The walk of this signal is very small over

to 500 V output. Two 10-segment bar-

in the Model 660 can be moved to the

to the MED position, and then to the

of 0.5, 1.0, or 2.0.

turn screwdriver adjustment for each

compensates for internal delays and panel BNC connector for each

versatile, and high-performance unit

Constant-Fraction/ Slow-Rise-Time

when the REO pull-down resistors are

(see the REQ description).

whenever the PZ switch is in the MAN

caused by the preamplifier reset. This includes ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

whose amplitudes exceed the positive

STANDARD DEVIATION The ratemeter time

wide-window applications, the Normal

or the upper-level threshold (20 mV to 9.99 V)

widths from 400 ps to 5 ns FWHM. The

50°C.

window, single-channel analyzer. For

window width (0 to 1 V) in the Window mode

with dc level adjustable to ±15 mV.

Model Description

–1 V. The blocking time set by the

THRESHOLD RANGE –5 mV to –1 V.

–12 V supply level supplied by the

BIN GATE YES/NO A printed wiring channel accepts the fast linear signal

• 100-MHz counting rate capability

input on the oscilloscope. The

• 50-Ω calibrated cable delay for

achieved by cascading several Model

• Aligns fast-timing channels that

The ORTEC Model 425A Nanosecond

• Coincidence, Anticoincidence, or

adjustable potentiometer; inputs B, C, D, and E

• Constant-fraction, leading-edge,

Logic current for the Model 584 is

• Fast amplifier and discriminator

The ORTEC Model 9302 is a fast

• Flexible analog output for strip

threshold can be adjusted over the range ranges. Full-scale output can be selected as

• Four 8-decade counters with full

The ORTEC Model 974A is a four- 1 equal the selected preset value

• Front-panel pole-zero adjustment

selections incorporated into each of the

• General-purpose logic module for

The ORTEC Model CO4020 Quad 4- the Y outputs provide NIM fast negative

• Good time resolution over a wide

The ORTEC Model 584 Constant- The Model 584 can be gated externally. A

• Good time resolution with a wide

The flexible ORTEC CF8000 Octal voltage proportional to the number of

• Individual port power management

WEIGHT

• Optimized internal pulse shaping

optimum for single-photon or single-ion –150 mV to –1.5 V. (Typically <±50 ps for

• Resolves shape variations over a

input can be used to produce an SCA

• Selectable cable clipping of the

four germanium detectors. The unit can

• Time walk ≤≤±75 ps over 100

1

• Valid Start and Valid Conversion

proportional to the measured time, and The SCA output pulse width is equal to

"B" outputs. LEMO connectors are used

control. Outputs actual threshold voltage.

(0 to 10 MHz). This range of counting

±10% fine-adjustment potentiometer is

(A version); a gain of 200, inverting

coupled. noninverting)

(Table 1) adheres to the Standard NIM

means of labeling printouts or listings of

+6 V Supply option is available. This

counters to zero counts and turns Off both

0 to 1 kV, depending upon the VOLTAGE

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

1 X 10 A. The input is protected from

coulomb/pulse ranges.

1 kΩ, dc-coupled; linear maximum 1 V

PREAMP POWER Rear-panel standard

100 μA of current, and whose gain is

shutdown mode, the bias shut-down input

100-MHz counter/timer channels can be

time and automatic reset. Since the input

142AH through its extremely low noise

Capacitance

160 W. Derate 3%/°C for 50 to 60°C.

110°C. Recovery is automatic when the lower voltage drop at maximum current.

2-ns rise time and a 5-ns width FWHM.

SRT (Slow-Rise-Time) Reject Provides

2D.R. Beaman, et al., J. of Physics E

Sci. Instr. (1972), 5, 767–776.

300 W. Derate 3%/°C for 50 to 60°C.

current.

4002A, 4002D, or 4002E Power Supplies

design limit. Voltage test points are provided

5-decade log mode covers the range 10

of average pulse spacing up to the 3 X 104

50 ns-wide pulse at a duty cycle <1%.

POWER REQUIRED The Model 9327 derives its power

A front-panel switch on the Model 671

the baseline restorer and provides a

A standard NIM bin power connector is

front panel to allow monitoring the status

ADCs on the ECL Control bus. See GATE

connector (AMP 1-103326-7) accepts the

ANODE BNC connector provides negative

terminated with a C-27 100 Ω terminator to

AUTO PZ BUTTON With PZ switch in AUTO

coarse gain settings ≥10. For the – DIFF preamplifier during reset, and reset overload

BIAS Accepts the bias voltage for the

C-24-12 RG-62A/U 93-Ω Cable with two

BNC Plug – RG-62A/U (93 Ω) – BNC

BNC Plug – RG-58A/U (50 Ω) – BNC C-34-12 RG-59A/U 75-Ω Cable with

Because of its compact size and light

GAIN 20-turn potentiometer adjusts the

Because of the longer effective scale

scale, nonlinearity ≤±0.25%.

C-22 Microdot Male Plug for Miniature

C-37 SHV Female Plug.

CF (Constant Fraction) The instrument

pulse at the blocking output; variable from ≤15 WEIGHT

COARSE GAIN 6-position switch selects

mA; +24 V, 80 mA; –24 V, 85 mA.

COARSE GAIN PWB jumper selectable for

Bin/Power Supply.

CONTROL SWITCHES Front-panel 7- by 3-

connectors accept negative fast-NIM logic derives its power from a standard NIM bin and

COUNT Pushing this button enables the

amplitude of +5 V; width ~20 μs.

DC Level ≤±50 μV/°C, 0 to 50°C.

wiring board (PWB) selects X0.1 attenuation. provides a nominally +5 V logic pulse (width

DC REGULATION Variations in dc output

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS NIM POWER Rear-panel, NIM-standard bin

DISCRIMINATOR NONLINEARITY ≤±0.25%

0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, to 0.9 for trailing-edge

Data Output Bus. CMC203 responds with

If bit 3 = 0, the end of REQ determines

EXT STROBE RESET Two-position locking

set in the positive input position. Shipping 3.2 kg (7 lb).

EtherNIM multichannel buffers are the

NTIS, U.S. Department of Commerce, Springfield,

FAST NEGATIVE NIM OUTPUTS Front-panel

SMA58-0.15 RG-58A/U (50-Ω) Coaxial

GAI Front-panel 1- by 2-pin connector

readout is replaced with a word

HISTOGRAM READOUT BLOCK SIZE REGISTER

Sets the Q-

IEC power connector (CEE-22*) permits

at +60°C.

IN1 (IN2, IN3, or IN4) signal by 3 ns

in series with the common output

In the INTEGRAL mode, all input pulse

generated when the input signal falls

LL REF EXT When the rear-panel LL REF

110 mA; +24 V, 90 mA; –24 V, 50 mA.

LL discriminator reference threshold.

impedance. Output occurs at the mid-point of

LeCroy 4300B ADCs, and ORTEC ADCs set

command before reading

Model 583B is ideal for use with fast

present. An adjustable output pulse width

Model CO4020 contains four identical,

The Model CO4020 incorporates four separate

Mounting hardware is supplied to make

ac is available up to 0.5 A.

NOISE Increases with increasing input

cable, ORTEC 121-C1; longer lengths

ON Front-panel LED indicates when the

connector accepts signals from warmup

OUTPUT DC ADJ Front-panel screwdriver

BUSY Rear-panel BNC connector furnishes

OUTPUT LED Front-panel LED flashes on

+6 V at 70 mA, –6 V at 360 mA, and –12 V at the list below for BNC to SMA adapters,

OUTPUT POLARITY Positive or negative,

ExTERNAL CONTROL Full range of output

OVERSHOOT <10% with Integrate Out, or

BLR GATED/UNGATED Printed wiring board ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

Other front-panel connections include

(1)

Overload and short-circuit protection

INPUTS

POWER Captive 4-m (12-ft) power cable

d1–d10 dynodes 1 to 10

PZ Two potentiometers to adjust pole-

8.714 in.) front panel per DOE/ER-0457T.

Polarity selection is accomplished by

Short-Circuit and Overload Accomplished

Preamplifier incorporates an integral

application or removal of high voltage to standard 14-pin sockets including those

Preamplifier is designed for use with

impedance 100 Ω. C-24-1/2 RG-62A/U 93-Ω Cable with two

REO Front-panel 1- by 2-pin connector

data for the segment. Enables the master GATE and

Required dc voltages and currents are

+24 V

SCA LOWER LEVEL (T) 10-turn precision

reset.

SCA POS OUT Front- and rear-panel BNC

551 Timing Single-Channel Analyzer

SEGMENT SELECT REGISTER This register

Model Description

SENSITIVITY Nominal, measured through

Furnished from NIM bin and power supply

SUBADDR The subaddress identifies the

readout sequence. The REO signal is not

Subsequently, the Preset Select push-

preset or displayed intervals of 0.01 seconds

The Model 276L is directly compatible

1 (see Fig. 1). Compatibility may be

The Model 920E provides the following

for diagnostic purposes.

The ORTEC Model 142PC Preamplifier is

proportional counter and extends operating 142PC Preamplifier

The bins are constructed of wire-form

distributes the power through heavy-duty specified by DOE/ER-0457T.

The command F(17)·A(3) writes to the

The 3377 can deliver more than 32 data words

The counter section also accepts NIM-

TIME BASE 0.1-s and 1-min increments

The input signal to the Model 9349 is

5 6

The input signals can range from 0 to

PULSE/PAIR RESOLUTION <50 ns.

The output level is 50% of the input.

selections are MIN (~5 ns), 20, 50, 100, and

The pico-TIMING Discriminator accepts

MAXIMUM INPUT/OUTPUT RATE Accepts

This feature is desirable for control

front-panel controls select the output voltage.

WINDOW OR UPPER LEVEL Front-panel 10-

mode switch is on EXT, the rear-panel LL REF

X⎯⎯ = A · B · C · D · G⎯⎯

Rise Time <4 ns.

accepts preamplifier operating power;

i.c. internal connection

accompanied by an inhibit signal. The

ENABLE OR INHIBIT INPUT Any positive

amplitudes can vary over as much as a

THRESHOLD Front-panel, 10-turn

and rear-panel BNC connectors provide

The Model 552 input is compatible with all

and timing experiments requiring time

synchronization of the SCA output with

and versatile solution for gating and

Short (S) or Long (L) delay time range for

and –24 V @ 1 A. The maximum output

is provided by the On/Off switch on the

approximately 1.3 MΩ, and each has a

power supply instability (<±0.02% for 105 to

are capable of producing high-current

All photomultiplier tube specifications

are disabled. This mode is set by the

for inputs In A and In B. P = positive, N =

are selected independently by 10-turn

Model 4002 Series Power Supplies).

assignments can be used to supply the

ORTEC preamplifier power connector via the

available with a front-panel control.

<±0.05%/°C for τ = 500 ns.

broadening with changing count rates.

ENERGY AND TIMING

bus. Confirms data has been read, and

used, with only the left column of pins (odd-numbered) active. Bit

cable length from the detector to the

SMA/BNC SMA to BNC Adapter with male

capacitances of up to 100 pF and bias

100 3.35 3.60

capacitive coupling to dynode 10; dc-

length

causes degradation of time resolution

need for additional delay devices or

channel has an internal shaping-delay

the proper shaping delay to be selected. Five

channel. Delay ranges from 70 to 1000

adjustments provide independent fine

channels, the Model 974A incorporates

internal 1-minute time base, or an

choices permit optimum measurement of

RATED OVERLOAD Maintains full-scale

coincidence determination between any

positive polarity; 2-V threshold, 20-ns minimum

coincidence unit may be varied over a

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

computer in the Remote mode. When the

second time base, preset times from 0.01 to

connected to 10-stage PMT base. Total

preamplifier positive output pulse to an

connection is not required with ORTEC

segments proceeds as a block transfer in request 10 μs after the end of the master

connector (Amphenol 17-20090) that is

WEIGHT

connectors are not available on other

located on the front panel and two located on

constant can be decreased from 0.1 ms

NOISE For maximum gain, rms noise referred

contents of Counter A or B, even in a

and Reset functions is via three push

controlled by In/Out toggle switches.

with <10- Ω impedance; monitored through

convenience of an automatic threshold

overload for bipolar.

detectors, an accurate pole-zero (PZ)

medium and high counting rates (Fig. 2),

detectors. The exceptionally low walk

transformer technique for constant-

discriminators, and ADCs. A holder is

internal mercury-wetted relay to be driven from

drive printers having RS-232-C ports.

another ORTEC timer can perform this

enabled for an adjustable gate period

amplifier shaping time τ = 1 μs).

enclosure. The adjustment-free module

voltage output to even high-power V, high-quality ground, power-return ground,

end of reset. Valid Conversion occurs

Minimum ≤5 ns.

experimenter flexibility in analyzing

(whichever is greater), 0 to 50°C.

extremely wide range of pulse heights

preamplifier.

for the preamplifier ground reference

active low via a printed circuit board jumper.

fraction discriminators. Except where

≤2 kΩ. factory with the W1 jumper omitted.

fraction shaping delay. A 50-Ω cable

WEIGHT

from the peak of a Linear Input pulse

special request.)

further serve to make the Model 566 a

200 ns between accepted Start and Stop input

generated for pulses analyzed between

potentiometer adjustable from 20 mV to

high-resolution readout without meter

ANALOG ACCURACY Front-panel meter 2%;

ideally suited for use with germanium

and ensures that the high-resolution

important asset for time measurement.

standard ORTEC power connector, Amphenol

in Fig. 2 illustrates the performance

adjustment to compensate for the preamplifier

incorporates overload protection. The

protected.

indicates that the Model 994 is under

located on the printed wiring board (PWB)

individual channel, and apply to each

the rear of the module.

input decay times from 40 μs to ∞.

PREAMP POWER Rear-panel standard

input mode is designed to accept NIM-

Independent gating of the A and B

interval between start and stop input

upper-level discriminator setting is added

is ideally suited for high-resolution

connectors furnish identical signals through 2

is required for the Coincidence mode.

the first channel of a segment readout responds to the readout request by

keV x ray with a 10-stage PMT gain of

C-24-12 RG-62A/U 93-Ω Cable with

linear or logic signals. A convenient

DIMENSIONS Standard single-width NIM

main amplifier. Connection to a power

BNC.

manufacturers. The 4002A Power Supply

Input Current At 120 V ac is typically 1.8 A

measurement. Three response times are

TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY <0.02% of full

mode. Differential input impedance is

read the desired segment. The

modes because of the longer effective

for X300 overload or 107counts/sec, whichever

module can be disabled by holding the

instrument is enabled to count. For the GATE

multipliers, silicon charged-particle

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

necessary for ease of use in even the

active "B" output; and (4) an inhibit input

network, with appropriate capacitive-

photon counting, while the linear signal

obtainable with the Model 474 shaping

decay time constant.

of FERAbus modules, and can be cut to

Mode” must be selected in the 3377. This

of pulse currents such as produced by

LEAKAGE IMPEDANCE FROM INPUT TO

of the following ADC. The PASS output

accepted for histogramming, and when a request is generated, and the standard

one presettable timer, a four-channel

to the Off position, no new counting cycle

operation of 12-stage photomultiplier

varying counting rates in ac-coupled signal from the ninth dynode is intended

operation of all channels selected by

Model 935 derives its power from a

or otherwise hinder normal operation.

Strobe mode only.

output amplitude has exceeded the BLR

Shipping 3.1 kg (7.0 lb).

output of the TAC may be synchronized

extends time range by a multiplying factor of

output peak amplitude can be adjusted

REF VOLTAGE 2-position slide switch selects

output pulse has a fixed rise time, a

<±0.01%/°C, 0 to 50°C for V = 5 V.

overall accuracy, good stability as a

LINE VOLTAGE INSTABILITY <±0.005% per

performance, wide-bandwidth amplifier

OUTPUTS One for each channel. LEMO

permits higher counting rates than in

1,000 to 50,000 counts/s (Unipolar output,

permits strobing the output during an

INPUT

power is 96 W at ambient temperatures

NIM bin control panel. REGULATION <±0.05% over combined range

power outputs using Amphenol-type 17-

1.6 cm (2.3 X 2.0 X 0.63 in.). VT120A/B/C (3-m length)

power supply (referenced to –12 V).

DISC OUT Rear-panel BNC connector

preamplifier warmup sensor, until the

OUTPUT VOLTAGE RISE TIME Nominally

presentation in the 8-decade display.

set to the Timer position, Counter A counts

preset stop value, or the contents of

counters.

proportional counters requiring up to

proportional counter from a bias supply. BNC male plugs; 12-ft length

proportional counters, semi-conductor

Analyzer/Timing SCA.

provided on rear-panel binding posts.

for each).

pulses. With bipolar pulses, only the

7

range from 0 to 1000 V. These outputs

125 V ac when using one of the ORTEC

releases ADC to produce the next data

1 is assigned to the two pins in row 1, and bit 16 occupies the

resolution spectroscopy applications.

over a wide range of time constants.

resolution, however, will be obtained

pulse polarity is the

scintillation detector and provides a

PERFORMANCE

screwdriver adjustment. Range is from

accepts IEEE 802.3 10BASE2 (thin-wire

separately for each channel by one of

selected by the respective S OR L WIDTH

shaping delay is selected by external

range from –20 mV to –2 V. Conditions:

spectroscopy amplifier for subsequent

mode, the upper-level dial still controls

standard 9-pin connectors on the rear

current ratings of 1 A on +12 V, 1 A on Nominal Input Allowed Input

standards as defined in DOE/ER-0457T.

a wiring harness. The 4001C Bin MODULE CONNECTORS 12 each as

subsequent amplification by a charge-

both outputs.

supply dc power to a NIM bin when the

conservatively rated at +6 V @ 12 A, output voltage to 7.5 V to protect

swept through an energy range and the

LL REF MODE A printed wiring board jumper

switches select the time constant for

WEIGHT

system, thus eliminating the need for

Walk Adjustment should be optimized for

techniques. The Model 460 offers both

200, 500, and 1000.

temperature limit. When the heat sink

power cords on all standard ORTEC

terminated by the CLR signal. The REQ

asserted on the bus by the ADCs. For the

test point located to the left of the

shaping delay is limited by a +0.7-ns gating is selected by a printed wiring

the + INPUT switch setting, the input

+5-V logic pulse for the duration that the linear

the 0–500 V and the 0-5 kV outputs.

open circuit will allow the Model 659 to C-36-12 RG-59A/U 75-Ω Cable with two

the ADCs as the CLR signal on the ECL

current memory address, and histogramming). Data transfer

the FAST position. When the meter has

The full-scale counting rate is the product of

the LEMO CLI input. At the end of ADC

at S2. A Q = 0 response is independent of this command.

the Model HM413 accepts and generates

live-time clocks in the ADCs with the data FERA Driver) signals the ADCs to

the Monitor mode. Limited to the ADCs

compatible with NIM-standard positive logic; 1- stored into the FIFO memory at the time of the

the RESET button will be ineffective.

excessive output current. Recovery from

the bipolar output pulse from 0.1% to

nonlinearity <±0.012% from –9 V to +9 V. signal cable. In the DIFF mode the preamplifier

the complement signal. The two timing

internally set at f = 0.2 (can be changed upon

the other timer. The INTERVAL outputs

command.

the signal noise level by an internal

duration that the input pulse exceeds the

the traditional fast/slow coincidence

PERFORMANCE

these intervals occur selectable from

total calibration time scale in binary multiples

this procedure. The AUTO PZ memory is

discriminators ensure that the baseline preamplifiers is also handled

time constant is greatly increased to

provides a nominal +5 V logic signal

to match the amplifier shaping to the

DISCRIMINATOR NONLINEARITY ≤±0.25%

transformer and passive circuit pulse

protected against overload; reflections ≤10%

until the desired LED is illuminated.

the counter. The range is from +100 mV to

using dissimilar pulse-shaping modes.

minimum width, dc-coupled; impedance

warms up. Each supply includes a BIAS

Specifications

when used in conjunction with ORTEC's

142C Nominally 10 mV/MeV.

whose level can be adjusted through a

100 kHz, and 1 MHz.

widths. It contains eight independent

DELAY Eight front-panel, 12-turn, screwdriver

within 13°C of the maximum operating

four preamplifiers. Connectors mate with

±24 V dc to a NIM module. Connection

light on the front panel turns on when the

• Adjustable 10 to 110 ns resolving

determination is made on the leading threshold, 20-ns minimum width required;

• Adjustable output delay and width

signals according to chosen coincidence calibrated.

• Differential, integral, constant-

scintillators and photomultiplier tubes. The is provided to prevent multiple triggering

• For adjusting the delay and width

Specifications

• Long-term stability, 100 ppm/year

by an integral multiple of a precise time and ±0.005% of total period for all other

• Low-rate counting from <10 counts

6

• Multiplicity and OR logic outputs

contains eight constant-fraction

• One selectable, positive-polarity

coincidence circuit; that is, input pulses

• Optimum performance for (A) low-,

The ORTEC Models 142A, 142B, and

• Rise time <10 ns for outputs from

state detectors, or operate as a general-

• Selectable output delay and width

of the analog signal. Additional gating output until the end of the reset pulse or

• Simulates detector output signals

The ORTEC Model 480 Pulser simulates

• TTL and fast negative NIM outputs

conversion, and pulse lengthening. The

• Ungated or gated with coincidence

DC Inhibit Input pulses will be inhibited from

• Upper- and lower-level thresholds

(SCA) in a fast-timing coincidence Constant-Fraction Shaping Delay and

(Specified for Channels A and B at 50%

IN BNC connector accepts the lower-level

120 V ac. Limited to 60 VA when the dc

exceeding ±7.5 V, respectively, to protect

4k ADCs, four 8k ADCs, or two 16k ADCs

Input ADC. All ADCs must operate in the

= exp(R1 Te) + U(Td –Te)R1(Td –Te)

(26)

A, B, C, AND D INPUTS Front-panel LEMO

POWER REQUIRED The Model CO4020

ADC Successive-approximation type with

MUX BUSY Red LED’s intensity indicates

All of the above photomultiplier tubes

Application Note AN51).

All specifications are measured with a

POWER REQUIRED +24 V at 200 mA.

BLR Toggle switch selects a source for

Model Description

Bias Supply furnishes bias voltage for

the bias shutdown feature by moving the

C-18-0 Microdot 100-Ω Miniature Cable

C-19-2 Microdot 100-Ω Miniature Cable C-21 Microdot 293-3913 Miniature

COUNTER POSITIVE Front- and rear-panel

TIME BASE Provides NIM-standard slow

Consequently, low-level signals, which

<±0.1%/°C.

Counter B. To change the preset value,

MAXIMUM COUNTING RATE 100 MHz for

DELAY RANGE Front-panel locking toggle

To order, specify:

DIMENSIONS CAMAC-standard single-width

bit 16 being set to zero.

Enable (REN) input of the first ADC in

of the FERAbus readout, providing the mode. When a standard FERAbus

FWHM for a 60Co 1.33 MeV gamma line at

scale linear range of 0 to +10 V; active filter

FWHM, and a rise time of 150 ps. Where

connector derives power from any

INPUT CAP Switch selects desired input

Related Equipment

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY <±1% (typically

visual indicator of the output counting rate.

If a non-inverting output is required,

Inputs A3 and A4 on rear panel; all BNC

Inputs One to 16, software selectable.

pulse. Front-panel BNC connector. Gate

LONG-TERM STABILITY DC output voltages

OUTPUT TEST POINTS Front-panel jacks

MASTER ON/OFF (common to all channels)

vacuum shutdown has been triggered. (See

MULTIPLIER Five-position rotary switch

position. The threshold is nominally –400 mV Rise Time ~250 ns.

Model 863 is a wideband amplifier with

CROSS TALK <0.01% from any output to any

NIM to TTL OUT/INVERT OUT Two switches

499 NIM to TTL and TTL to NIM converter

NIM-standard positive output signal or

CF (Constant-Fraction) Attenuation factor is

Noise on the output is <15 mV peak-to-

one 5-position switch, and one 10-turn

OPERATING MODES To provide the Virtual

ECL Inputs/Outputs for functional definition. A

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE ~1 Ω front panel and

Ordering Information

OVERLOAD Front-panel LED turns on when

ORTEC/TTL/BYPASS jumper selects the OPTIONAL CABLE ACCESSORIES

P/Z Front-panel screwdriver adjustable

Cable impedance must be 50 Ω. Delay line clip

PZ Adj The BLR threshold is determined

for dead time correction.

Pollution degree 2. Voltage regulation

VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT ±5% minimum exceeds 95°C to warn that the shut-down

Preamplifier contains a direct-coupled

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE <1 Ω,

Preamplifier should be used to amplify

Figure 1. The Fluorescence Lifetime Instrument

REN input of the next ADC. If the next

modules in the same crate. Front-panel the ADCs produce a zero response,

RESPONSE Front-panel 3-position switch

OUTPUTS Table 1. Standard Deviation for Various Scale and

RS-232-C option is located on the rear

counting when the preset value MN X 10P is Repeatedly pushing the button alternates the

Region of Interest Peak count/integral

dc-coupled. No internal delay. Inputs 1 to 16

SHUTDOWN Front-panel LED turns on when

open or shorted coaxial cable on the BIAS

SHUTDOWN input that is compatible with

50°C operating range.

SHV female plugs, 0.61-m (2-ft) length

female-to-female, 3-m length. to-female, 3-m length.

SLOW position. Using this feature, the

ADJ potentiometer. Output impedance is 1 kHz 0.5 1.5 5.0

Supply can be purchased separately for

circuits. This provides overload and short- (V ac)

TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY Dc level <±10

furnishes the shaped and amplified signal To order, specify:

TIME BASE SELECT Push-button switch in

standard slow positive logic signal to remotely

Temperature Instability <±0.005%/°C,

from the anode, use a C-25-12 Cable.

The Model 551 is versatile, with three

DISCRIMINATOR NONLINEARITY ≤±0.25%

The discriminator section of the Model

switch for selecting pulse-rate discriminator

The input and output impedances of the

arity to ±600 V maximum; impedance, 50 Ω.

The input impedance is not affected by

CONTROLS

The separate energy and timing outputs

can be used as required,

The single-channel analyzer section of

selects full scale time interval of 50, 100, or

Typical detectors in this category are

Si(Li) (planar), germanium (coaxial, LO-AX™, and planar), silicon charged-particle detectors,

Use of the CLI signal is mandatory for

contains the Segment Number and the issuing a readout command, which

V range of output voltage, or disables

OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE Front-panel

VOLTAGE CONTROL (1 per channel) Front-

parallel to produce a common alarm to signal

VOLTS/CURRENT (common to all channels)

SHV female plugs; 12-ft length

VSN designated in the header word. The

the Model HM413 monitors the master WAK The Write Acknowledge output is

With this feature, the measurement can

switch provides a fine adjustment of the full-

Zero suppression is provided for up to

ANALOG OUTPUT ERROR ≤±2.5% of full

a 10-ft cable furnished with the Model

Shipping 1.25 kg (2 lb 12 oz).

according to the following definitions

ECL Data Bus is valid, and causes the

adjustment (with front-panel monitor),

"A" Outputs 13 ns, typically.

adjustment of the baseline restorer is

until the baseline has safely recovered

allows the instrument to count, if the

MAXIMUM COUNTING RATE 100 MHz for reached.

an 8-decade, presettable Event counter

external source, channel 1 can act as a

an overlap between any two inputs that

CONNECTORS BNC on front panel.

analysis, and adjustable output delay.

in the neutron and gamma-ray response

and Delay Generator provides a compact

wiring board permit independent selection of a

and Off with a 100-ns time resolution.

The inputs to Counters A and B are

and Reset functions is via three push-

the Ext mode can be chosen.

and fast-timing characteristics. It is

(pF) Typical Warranted

any dc output, as observed on a 50-MHz

28 +24 V

application demands exceptionally high

–6 V @ 12 A, +12 V @ 4 A, –12 V @ integrated circuits. Fuses protect the ac

applications that employ the crossover

COARSE GAIN Front-panel seven-position

applications with germanium or silicon

for selection of X1, X2, X4, X6, X10, or X20.

appropriate capacitive decoupling, for

eliminates the base-line shift caused by applications, while the positive, linear

as two counters. Integrated and hybrid

0.1-s intervals from the internal time base

assembly and resistive voltage divider

anode is intended for timing or single-

automatic recycle counting mode can be

the COUNT mode and has not reached the

basic operating modes provided. In the

CONTROLS

be started with the RESPONSE switch in

scale value selected by the RANGE switch.

because of excellent stability against

RELAY 3-position slide switch selects the ac

between the two outputs thus generated

range and the count rate recorded as a

boosting very fast linear signals from

B Version 200, inverting.

button switch that clears the overload

channels) Rear-panel, BNC connector C-24-12 RG-62A/U 93- Ω Cable with two

cable with SMA connectors. To preserve

Cable with SMA Connectors,

can be adjusted independently for each

WIDTH Eight front-panel, 12-turn, screwdriver

caused by the preamplifier reset. This

BNC connector. Provides a +5-V NIM

chambers, and low-gain photomultiplier

detector from a bias supply.

channel analyzer; as a wide-window SCA

measurement of the input signal shape

channels, software selectable indepen-

pulse digitized by ADC. 920E 920-16 EtherNIM

circuit board. If the detector current

to 100 MHz.

circuit-board jumpers select the logic

input.

completed to enable accepting the next

Register = 1. The duration of CLR is

components. State-of-the-art switching

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE <0.12 Ω for

condition, both the TEMP and the POWER

Table 1. Each preamp power output connector

configuration. The optimum integration

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

continuously adjustable over the range

yellow, front-panel LED turns on to

conversion circuits give the Model 495

f <100 kHz.

converter. Use of this circuit spreads

Max selects the internal circuit effect between

correct for the reset dead time in the

impedance is 50 Ω. Used with an associated

counters, and ionization chambers. The

accept more (or less) of the peak width.

currents from 0.01 to 19.99 μA can be

PERFORMANCE

damage by application of a large input

Standby Grounds the input of the Model 439

delay permit the time to be normalized

0.25 280 1.25

delivered by the Model 935 is vital in

fraction shaping to achieve the

detectors. These same features provide

when the window has been centered on

direct-reading duo-dial for continuous

Ordering Information

directly in terms of equivalent energy

NONLINEARITY <±0.25% of full scale.

discriminator include internal shaping

pulse rise time of 1 ns, a pulse width of 10 ns,

display with leading zero suppression.

Positive Input Front-panel BNC connector for

dwell time of the display from 1 to 10

time base mode preset counts in the range of

effective solution when the additional

uses an international standard IEC power

for all eight "A" outputs, and another

panel screwdriver adjustment for each

for function. The CONTROL PD LED is on

present. the GATE signal is terminated

for reading the contents of a selected

ECLBUS Cable Kit is recommended as a

frequency noise and shorten the output

Integration and Differentiation time constants

from 20% of its full amplitude to full

(1.35 X 8.714 in.) per DOE/ER-

from any type detector; BNC connector.

+12 V, 15 mA; –12 V, 15 mA.

furnished by the PMT manufacturer. The

manufacturer of the PMT, can be furnished

hardened steel guides feature generous

current power supplies (the 4002D and 0457T for connecting control and power

ideal for gating ADCs and multichannel

signal from the OUT connectors. The TTL

in a small preamplifier package. It is

OUTPUT BNC connector; 0 to –5 V output

incorporates two 8-decade counters and

All the commonly used functions are

independently select ranges from 70 to

IN Eight front-panel LEMO connectors (one

indicates activity. Through the use of

LL REF mode jumper is set on INT, this

inhibited by the UL discriminator from

BLOCKING (BK) Front-panel BNC connector

input impedance (ac-coupled) and a 10-

connectors. The desired optional cables with male SMA and

inputs and Amplifier B has two summing

unipolar or bipolar; Z ~666 Ω, dc-coupled;

integrator. When it is combined with a

the multiplier to be applied to the Current F.S.

is furnished by the precision-stamped,

for convenient monitoring of the power supply

is powered from the USB cable. USB HUB

Powered USB hub includes connections for up to

is preset Off; M = 9 is maximum value.

input gate for both counting sections; >+3 V or ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

maximum subaddress provided by the ADC

signal, waits for a fixed delay (factory set to

mode by the F(26)·A(2) CAMAC command,

down resistors must be disconnected by

modules, in remote locations. It is an

input power cord connector. The 4002P

of full scale for both discriminators.

nominally +5 V amplitude and 500-ns width.

of the Model HM413 to generate a Clear

Clear signal required to release the

openings and, because of their highly-

4002E). supply.

operated in the Differential Mode, the

relatively slow-rise-time signals are

operates as the readout controller for

(see PD LED, CONTROL SIGNAL SWITCH,

or ionization chambers. It can be used

accidentally left on. For further protection

ordered attached to either a 4001A NIM

inputs to the power supply. 120 103–129

outputs of 1 mA, 100 mV, and 10 mV are

output pulse (low, medium, and high selection

outputs, each channel can operate as a

REF mode jumper is in the EXT position, the

panel functions (with the exception of

command, the Event counter will

panel. The interface connector for the

is On, that digit of the preset value can be

particle detectors at ultra-high count

duty factor integrated over 1 s; impedance

positive NIM output signal (PO) or the

Section of Specifications.

positive output signal is continuously

locking potentiometer determines the

power, size, or cost of a standard NIM

connector to permit the use of power

preamplifiers being able to operate in

142B 5 X 10 MeV /s.

preset counter, forms a digital charge

MULTIPLIER Front-panel switch determines

provide bipolar shaped pulses with the

Shipping 3.1 kg (7.0 lb).

provides a live-time clock (Counter A)

counter printed wiring board (PWB).

provides histogramming of the spectral

Coincidence modes featured in the

pulse whose width is determined by the

Input to Y (Pos) <20 ns.

pulses. The complement of the X output

setting.

rate in the particular experiment. The

OVERLOAD RECOVERY Bipolar recovers to

rates up to 100,000 counts/s, and <15%

front panel selects shaping times of 0.5, 1, 2, oscilloscope when observing the accuracy of

reduces the effects of ground-loops on

IMPEDANCE 50 Ω, dc-coupled.

resolution, and a 2-μs settling time.

optimum viewing of the spectrum.

restorer (Fig. 1) enhances fast-timing

network permit ultra-high output counting

routine operation with the ORTEC Model

PERFORMANCE

screwdriver adjustment to set the walk

provides a NIM-standard slow positive logic

seconds. When the instrument is in the

logic input which is designed to accept –600 to

selection through the three choices as

the 0.01-Min time base is selected. If the Ext

selects either the REMOTE INPUT or the

required is +24 V at 90 mA, +12 V at 390 mA,

sensitive preamplifier. The use of the

duo-dial adjusts the output pulse amplitudes at

separate audio volume control to allow

signals with amplitude ≥±3 V and width

shaping (0.5, 1.5, and 3.0 μs shaping

the peak of the amplifier output signal.

simplify coincidence and gating system

1.0 310 1.13

sound until the input rate exceeds the

INPUTS

suitable for use with charged-particle

1270 at 100 540 at 100 <50 at 100

suppressed zero permits rates that are

SLEWING RATE Dependent upon input rate;

temperatures, and the input and output

full-load to no-load, or vice versa.

test for all segments of each display.

the two sections.

that follow in the readout. The WRDCNT

(+) input must be removed for the Monitor by the ADCs for conversion, and forces all

that is nearly independent of operator

Gaussian pulse shape. A front-panel

the Preset mode must first be selected

negative inputs, 25 MHz for positive inputs.

the events at the counter A input. The

PERFORMANCE

the focus electrode, and to the second

113 or 142IH. The output pulses from the

the handshake signals that control the

acquisition in the Model HM413, the "I" analyze the coincident events at their

the outputs. Two outputs are included,

FUNCTION OF DELAY

the peak amplitude of the input pulse,

NOISE CONTRIBUTION <20 μV rms, referred

the shape of the input waveform. When,

switch in the EXT position, the baseline

the unipolar output baseline dc level;

PWB polarity selection. (Shipped in

therefore be used to set the threshold

≤20 ns.

thresholds are variable over the range

±12 V and +6 V supplies in a standard

time conversion when Stop input signal

+24 V, 45 mA; +12 V, 210 mA; –24 V,

time taken for the input pulse to rise

width module, 3.43 X 22.13 cm

time, and a NIM-standard Fast-negative

NIM-standard fast negative logic pulses;

timing applications. When connected to

9301 Preamplifier

timing channels to operate coincidence

and an In position, permit selection in any

to 10 counts/s in a single span. These

range; ≤1% on the 10 and 3 X 10 ranges.

to show the contents of Counter A, the

ranging from 0 to 99,999,999 in each of 2

to –1 V with a 10-turn locking dial.

TRANSMISSION DELAY TEMPERATURE

transmitted over the serial interface.

OUTPUT

turns off when the HV ON/OFF switch is

a warmup is signalled, this input turns off the Model Description

use of the direct-coupled input of the

COUNT-RATE STABILITY The 1.33-MeV

used to indicate the presets in an M X

interval is started immediately.

using maximum gain; same recovery from

panel control; EXT selects lower-level bias

valid information from the TAC and SCA

Fall Time ≤50 ns.

valid. The minimum WST width is 40 ns.

version of the input provided to the Model

voltages of up to 5000 V are involved.

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY <±0.05% for 0

wide dynamic range on each setting and

DIGITIZED REPRODUCIBILITY 0.01%.

width, and is delayed by an adjustable

when DC Couple input is selected. The

will recover to within 2% of its rated

overload.

with all ORTEC preamplifiers that have

positive or negative outputs for both detectors.

with any detector that draws less than

against operator error in the ORTEC

with rise times less than the selected

a linear output range of 0 to +10 V. Front- and ±12 V, such as the ORTEC Model

• 0 to 63.5-ns delay in 0.5-ns steps

The Model DB463 is convenient for

• 50-ΩΩ calibrated delay cable for

DELAY ACCURACY ±100 ps or ±1% for each

• Constant-fraction timing with fast

The ORTEC Model 583B Constant- whether the unit is to be used as a fast

• Digital meter reads output voltage

electron multipliers, and many other to within 0.1%.

• Exponential pulse shape with 5- to

instrumentation. It can be calibrated to

• External control of output voltage

operation. The low-noise output is appropriate source, and an adjacent red LED

• For fast timing with germanium and

The ORTEC Model 579 wideband Fast- In addition, the wideband gated baseline

• For time spectroscopy in the range

The ORTEC Model 567 Time-to- place very specific time restrictions on

• Gated active baseline restorer for

Model 855 allow a wide range of uses in

• Line frequency or 70-Hz pulse rate

the rise time of the pulse may be varied (terminated) or 400 μs (unterminated).

• One counter that can function as a

package. It can be computer-controlled or and the input gates to counting channels

• Positive or negative input signals

flexibility in analyzing random events that

• Provides fast, easy calibration of

Fast, easy calibration of timing equipment

• Separate fast-timing output signal

detectors with capacitance up to 100 pF. 142A 100 3.40

• Signal-to-noise ratio optimization

use with an ORTEC Constant-Fraction CONTROLS

• Single-channel analyzer and timing

The ORTEC Model 551 Timing Single- as a dual wide-dynamic-range integral

• Threshold adjustable from –25 mV

and fast silicon photodiodes. fast negative NIM outputs.

"N" preset value. The N preset value is

974A Quad 100-MHz Counter/Timer

(OR), fan-out, fast negative NIM-to-TTL

Specifications

(TSCA), in the Model 590A is dc-coupled

50,000 counts/s using 1.5-μs shaping. The

(manual) position. For transistor-reset

turning off the baseline restorers, monitoring

10-MHz clock to form a live-time clock.

OUTPUTS

2.5 to 1500. Gain is the product of the

Width of output pulse at 1% of maximum amplitude 5.6 5.0

3, and 4. When counting is started, the

974A is shown in Table 1.

4 ns can be counted through this input.

CALIBRATION ACCURACY

4 ns. Input is dc-coupled, 250-mV fixed

front panel per DOE/ER-0457T.

710, and to ensure the integrity of the

<0.001% or 1 mV (whichever is greater).

75,000 counts/s (Unipolar Output, 2-μs

BUSY OUTPUT Rear-panel BNC connector

9349 Log/Linear 10 counts/s 10 counts/s

<1% of average No Yes NIM-2

<8% broadening of the FWHM for counting

SHAPING TIME Six-position switch on the connector. Prevents overload distortions in the

ADCs operating in the Singles mode, but

the Q-Stop mode. For ADC identification, GATE signal. The readout controller

Attenuated Output, and permits reducing

determined by the level furnished through the

Auto The BLR threshold is automatically

BUSY Rear-panel BNC with Zo <10 Ω

BI Front- and rear-panel BNC connectors

Net 1.5 kg (3.3 lb).

BNC connectors; either accepts positive

positive logic pulses at intervals that are

CF8000 instrument simplifies set-up and

<0.05%.

Coincidence unit that can be adapted to

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

Connection to a power supply is through

Net 0.32 kg (12 oz).

Controlled NIM) is obtainable by adding

selective adjustment of the threshold.

Counter A or B, or the Preset value for

displays the events connected to In A. When protected to +25 V.

DATA MEMORY 16k channels of nonvolatile

delay. diagnostics)

DISPLAY (common to all channels) Front-

is lost in the chamber containing the detectors.

Designed for reliable service life, the

NOISE AND RIPPLE <30 mV peak-to-peak at

Each channel accepts NIM-standard, fast

jumper.

Excellent dc stability of the output is

input ±2 V signal plus offset.

External delay cables are not necessary

20–200 ns.

F(17)·A(0) Writes to the VSN1 Register

with VSN1 occupies the entire data memory

F(17)·A(1) Writes to the VSN2 Register

CONFIGURATION REGISTER The

FERAbus One CAMAC crate full of ADCs in

Ω input impedance), or TTL logic (also Up to 16 parallel bits can be accepted and

FINE GAIN Single-turn potentiometer for

THRESHOLD TEMPERATURE

Fig. 1. JEDEC B14-38 PMT Pin Base, with

Fig. 2. Simplified Schematic Diagram of the ORTEC Model 296 Photomultiplier Base.

Figure 1 illustrates the peak shift and

of germanium detectors is realized.

For added safety, the RESET push button

0–5 kV Rear-panel SHV connector furnishes

For each channel, there are three Fast-

SENSITIVITY <±100 ppm/°C from 0 to +50°C.

Full-scale readings for the front-panel

TEST-OPERATE Front-panel 3-position switch

GAIN RANGE Continuously adjustable from

an optimum level, as a function of the signal Model Description

Gate Input permits output signals to be

NIM input signal levels for gating; dc-coupled;

HV ON/OFF switch is used to turn on the

senses an excessive output current

INPUT 100, 120, 220, 240 V ac, 50 or 60

temperature exceeds 110°C.

INPUT Front-panel BNC connector accepts

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

In addition to its start and stop input

Time-to-Amplitude Converter

Int (Integral) Functions as an integral

permits monitoring the actual dc voltage that is connector provides a NIM-standard fast

Integral LL sets a single-discriminator

connector accepts a positive NIM-standard

Interconnection between the Model HM413

connector at the top of the front panel input must be connected by the CONTROL

MUX DISC Screwdriver potentiometer from

920-16-OPT1 Optional cable to convert

Microchannel Plates, Microchannel Plate

LE (CFD) LE pT pT

Model 265A Base includes an appropriate

NaI(Tl), liquid, or plastic scintillators. A Model from a high-voltage power supply such as the

NEG Front-panel LED is lit when the bin

but does not alter the function of the RESET

NIM-standard fast negative logic pulses

RESPONSE, and <1% for the SLOW

NOISE AND RIPPLE <3 mV peak-to-peak for

17 –12 V

POS Front-panel LED is lit when the bin

OUTPUT VOLTAGE POLARITY The output

POWER Input power through 10-ft captive

Shipping 1.25 kg (2.75 lb).

PULSE SHAPE Semi-Gaussian on all ranges

typically <0.024% for a Co 1.33-MeV gamma

Pulse Pair Resolution Typically 500 ns.

connected to the NORM input, and a cable

Real Time/Live Time Multiples of 20 ms.

time constants of 0.50 to 30 μs. Z = 1000 Ω,

Sensitive Preamplifier is an economical

Suggested cable accessories:

TAC INHIBIT Two-position locking toggle

set in the positive input position. Fall Time ≤50 ns.

The high sensitivity of this unit often

pulse generator for instrument and system SHV female plugs; 2-ft length

The interface connector for the plug-in

presentation in the 8-decade display.

The pulse-shaping networks in the Model

FWHM for a 60Co 1.33-MeV gamma line at

This detector bias supply is compatible

POS/OFF/NEG Front-panel switch selects

Timing Single-Channel Analyzer includes

diffraction studies. The lower level can be

Tube Base and Preamplifier incorporates

removal of high voltage to the unit. The

UNIPOLAR, UNI Front- and rear-panel BNC

DIMENSIONS NIM-standard double-width

Window LL sets the baseline level (0 to

determined by the front-panel Delay control) of

a maximum output current of 20 μA. The

been activated. The rear-panel

a selected time range. Time ranges from

<1% from 10 ns or 2% of full scale (whichever

a signal path. The Model 427A can delay

4.5 380 0.920

accurately reading the rate of incoming

constant.

adjustable from zero to full scale with

responds by turning off the bias voltage.

allows a range of +10% to –12% of the

range. Resettability <±0.05% of the temperature limit is being approached.

alone instrument designed for bench-top

unit when power cord is connected to

amplified to a suitable level for cable

mA.

and general-purpose instrument that can

≤±100 ppm/°C, 0 to 50°C.

and stop inputs and generates an analog

PERFORMANCE

and stopping the histogramming process,

between the FERAbus modules, the C-

any combination of input signal effects

CONNECTORS BNC on front and rear panels.

any system as a counter and presettable

required to reach the preset count is of

are ac-coupled, and all four inputs are

wide with 5-V minimum amplitude; ac-coupled

are beyond the nominal full-scale limit

for 10 to 10 counts/sec.

automatic gated baseline restorer (BLR)

shaping; both for a gain ≥100.

be selected for M, and any value from 0

GATE LED illuminates when the unit is in the

be used as a three-channel counter with

control is turned fully counter-clockwise

be used for universal applications such

BNC male plugs; 12-ft length

board (PWB) jumper selectable to accept

Width Adjustable by PWB potentiometer from 567 Time-to-Amplitude Converter/SCA

button is used to choose M, N, or P for

or 0.01 minutes. Synchronizing error is

by the threshold potentiometer. The BLR

UNI INH Rear-panel BNC with Zo <10 Ω

by the width of the input pulse for the

414A Fast Coincidence

cable length to be minimized. The small

RISE TIME (0 to 0.5 V pulse at E output on

cable, the optimum delay for a specific

External CF Delay = 2 ns; input rise time

capability by filtering the power lines

4 +12 V

changes in the noise level. No operator

reject signal for a multichannel analyzer

channel are independently variable from

setting.

channels) Front-panel, momentary, push-

VACUUM SHUTDOWN (common to all Model Description

coefficient. Aluminum alloy side plates

On/Off switch, power-indicating lamp, and

coincidence logic requirements in large

each channel. The delay range is 70 to 1000

compact and cost-effective solution for

can be used together to yield a bipolar

connector. The fan-out cable converts a

input voltage frequency is 47–63 Hz.

decoupling for operation of 14- and 12-

from the tenth dynode is for energy

delivers a PASS signal to the REN input

enabled to accept data, when data is input signals. In this case, no readout

designated the “Master Sync.” Model

Description

detectors. The fast rise times of these

LOW FREQUENCY ROLL-OFF <10 kHz.

diodes, fast photomultiplier tubes, and

two different instruments. Both outputs

disable all front-panel controls in the

external signal source. This condition also

discriminator capable of counting rates

a 50-Ω load.

distortion by noise or interference are

POWER REQUIRED +12 V, 67 mA; –12 V, 67

edge timing from the LL and UL discrim-

rise time ≥2 ns. Ordering Information

effectively 0 to 500 Hz and corresponds

level for any linear range from 0 to 100%; the

enhanced by four basic operating modes.

level. The SCA output logic pulse is

evidenced by the three functions it can

events from different types of radiation.

existing NIM bins, or it can be ordered

not exceed 300 W at ambient tem-

experiments where timing is required on

output signal for fast, zero-crossing

external slide switch selecting nominal

0 to 60°C.

facilitate PZ adjustment. This position

when an internal pulse pile-up occurs; to

for inputs In A and In B. P = positive,

Remote, and selecting the displayed counter.

from –20 to –1000 mV. A front-panel

jumper W1 installed, the minimum Coincidence or anticoincidence

front panel can mix semi-Gaussian noise

output is enabled.

fuse and filter, an output over-voltage

PROTECTION

generator for use with pulse processing

the charge terminator supplied, and is

germanium detectors, silicon detectors,

down with the HV ON/OFF switch

germanium, Si(Li), and silicon charged-

compromise solution.

guides are superior to the requirements

modules. The 4001C Bin is

heat sinks are internal and cooled by a

minute warm-up) over a 6-month period

identifies the ADC module number during

REQ The readout Request signal is both an not required by ORTEC ADCs operating in

improvements in time resolution in most

PULSE-PAIR RESOLVING TIME Output

in a pulse processing system. It has 1%

0 to 50°C.

in series with the front-panel UNIPOLAR

+12 V at 330 mA, and –12 V at 190 mA.

independent start/stop/ preset control.

Ethernet communications are recommended in most

independently adjustable power supplies

RESET push button. This protects the

indicated by the A, B, and Preset LEDs.

time base is selected, Counter A will count and

input is OR'ed with the LEMO GAI input.

Subsequent words contain the F(26)·A(2) Enables the Coincidence mode.

input pulse peak. A slide switch on the

BLR Low, or DC Couple.

input pulses from a pulser is possible.

(referenced to –12 V).

input voltage ranges, after a 60-minute

TEMP Front-panel red light turns on when the but may be assigned to a specific function by

insensitive to the applied voltage. The

interprets a disconnected cable or a

intervals between input pulses, and the

3-μs unipolar shaping, and ≤7 μV using 1.5-μs

is automatically adjusted. The unipolar

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

is designed to supply dc power to a NIM

thermal load is reduced. Output currents

linear input pulse. Operating in either

scale will shift <0.1% when modulated by 5 X

low noise and fast timing for detectors

142C <±100 ppm/°C from 0 to 50°C.

low, medium, or high steady pulse rates

output for X300 overload or 10 counts/s,

low-noise preamplifier, a PMT base with

the unit. The Model 276L is powered listed in Table 1.

makes the Model 672 easy to set up with

will generally offer the same dead time

mates with captive and noncaptive power

INT Integral LL sets a single discriminator

measurements by improving the noise-to-

rates. A wide variety of pulse filtering is

microchannel plates, microchannel-plate

Two identical outputs are provided for a compatible preamplifier power

modular power supply or ac line voltage

400-μs time constant (depending on whether

module connectors are wired in parallel

power connectors and 2 preamplifier automatic when the temperature

mounted, 25-turn trimpots to adjust the

INTERFACE

multichannel analyzers and alignment of

POS Front- and rear-panel BNC connectors;

negative NIM-standard logic signals may

panel BNC connectors, with test points,

of low count rate and/or longer shaping

input to prevent storage of pile-up data in

of measurement tasks. Typically, it can

enhanced readout and control

of the delay period, an output pulse is

the Short setting and 0.4 to 10 μs on the Long

on Rules for the Approval of Electrical

34 Power Return Ground

on the FAST response setting (Table 1).

switch settings.

operation with semiconductor detectors,

PULSE SHAPE Semi-Gaussian on all ranges

operation. In addition, the Linear Gate

rejected until both the output pulse has

operator interference, the computer can

Enable input below +1.5 V using an

optional built-in audible output (Model

divided by 10 for 105, 3 X 105, and 106 ranges;

or disabled for the Singles mode by the

the CONTROL SIGNAL SWITCH.

output is PWB selectable to be either a

the three timing modes:

output with 2-μs Gaussian shaping, the

Rise of output pulse from 0.1% to maximum amplitude 2.4 2.0

output, with a width equal to the delay

NEG Front-panel BNC connector accepts

overflows have occurred in Counter A or

P

overload, the output voltage is reduced

in the associated Ge detector.

panel, 25-turn trimpots. The thresholds

function to synchronize the Model 994 OVERFLOW INDICATORS LED indicators

particle detectors. It can also be used

with several levels of automation.

performance. It also provides a Monitor

DISCRIMINATOR RANGES

photomultiplier tubes. In addition, the

inversion of the input signal.

photomultipliers, channeltrons, silicon

convenient, simultaneous connection to connector.

plated-steel, connector mounting plate.

outputs.

plug-ins, there are five possible delay

each channel.

polarity output connections, the output

DELAYED PERIOD Rear-panel BNC

positions provide the AND (coincidence)

⎯⎯

possible with conventional leading-edge

spectrum, a rear-panel connector can be

power supply specifica-tions for Type 1

DC OUTPUT +12 V at 2 A, –12 V at 2 A, +24

preamplifier decay time; adjustable for

of full scale (integral) for both discriminators.

programming NIM instruments. All front-

receives an ENABLE_EVENT_AUTO

provided on the rear panel to store the

the ac line.

provides excellent readability for both

Rated Overload Maintains full-scale output

providing power to preamplifiers or NIM

connector block are a fuse holder and the

pulses are used to prevent analysis and

printed circuit board jumper. Output

pulses from the Model 462 are separated

absolute accuracy is ±10 ps for 10 ns period

random nuclear events that occur within

DIFFERENTIAL NONLINEARITY Typically,

range for measurements made within a 1-

4002E bars) and 300-W BLACK

range of output pulse amplitudes from a

selected. In the SYMMETRIC WINDOW

readout. Accepts either Coincidence- or

PD Two front-panel red LED indicators (one

reads the data from the ADC in the same

used to start and stop data acquisition. readout mode, the master GATE from the

rear-panel BNC connector and provides a

Model Description

recycled operation of a preset counting

in

resistive voltage divider network, with

ground through a 50-Ω load resistor. This anode is optimized for timing

scintillation detectors and Si charged-

protected to ±6 V dc and to ±100 V at 10%

scintillation detectors in a variety of

PULSE SHAPE Semi-Gaussian on all ranges

separately for each channel. At the end

channel. The width range is 70 to 1000 ns on

shut-down is automatic once the load is

using the optional Model 4002P-C1 Preamp

shutdown on any channel after a current

disables all supplies and turns on the BNC male plugs; 12-ft length

signal, 0 to +10 V linear range, ±12 V

NIM-standard output, nominally +5 V, 500 ns

silicon charged-particle, fast plastic,

jumper selects the Bin Gate line in the

single preamp power output connector to

INPUT CURRENT Typically 0.8 A rms with a

software must be opened multiple times.

SCA window (with a width of 19.5 mV between upper and lower

source for the SCA output signal strobe

LL OUT Rear-panel BNC connector provides

specifications for Type V-H supplies as

supply to the NIM bin is with brackets

spectrometry. The 920E, a two-wide NIM,

Memory connector on the rear panel. DPM

switch permits selection of the optimum

required for observing the PZ adjustment.

switch settings, the input impedance is

BUSY Rear-panel BNC connector provides a

synchronize the Model 996 counting with

This mode is set by the ENABLE_REMOTE

terminated with a 50-Ω load for proper

The Model 9306 should be used with the

that causes the system resolution to be

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

the 8-decade capacity of either counter

AUTOMATIC RESET Generated when power

the combined range of zero to full load

modules to exhaust at the top rear.

the focus and deflection electrodes and

Base is also ideal for single-photon

the gain from input to output is unity,

CONNECTOR Front-panel BNC. Net ~1.25 kg (2.6 lb).

the selected time and are reproduced at

RISE TIME AND BANDWIDTH AS A

the side panel must be removed in order

reduces the output voltage until the BIAS VOLTAGE POLARITY Positive or

the unipolar output, and generating PUR

reset preamplifier during reset, and reset

through either front- or rear-panel BNC

300 ns; to be used as an input to a

timing output pulses, and the Model 269

are furnished by the manufacturer.

timing restrictions. The Model 567 also

connected to the dc-coupled input of a

to the ADCs on the ECL Control Bus. See

Number in bits 9 to 16 and the

to-noise ratio for timing measurements.

Gain ≤±0.06%/°C.

transients from the detector, the input

on a 50-Ω load. AC-coupled and short-circuit

triggering on pulses from scintillators

to 50°C.

unexcelled timing on either unipolar or

amplifier for maximum performance at

up to 10 V in amplitude, are delayed by

delay used.

useful for summing and/or inverting any

WEIGHT

user's experiment, and an external gate

rate from about 100 to 50,000 counts/s.

varying counting rates at an economical

the convenience of an automatic

voltage remains off, independent of the

panel. OUTPUT VOLTAGE RISE TIME Nominally

warning indicator is illuminated on the

electrical standards to be used for the

way as in the Monitor mode, except that

When it is necessary to synchronize the readout controller (e.g., LeCroy 4301

which of the four channels will use the

9.99 V) and UL sets the window width (2 mV

whichever is longer. This output can be

NORMAL/GATED Front-panel locking toggle

while such signals are present. Because

PULSE WIDTH 500 ns.

wide range of signal currents (Fig. 1).

Excellent results for both timing and

will generally offer the same dead time

connector. This prevents overload

±12 V, and +6 V supplies in a standard

counts in the range of 1 to 99,000,000 can be operates only if the PRESET mode has been

• Adds +6 V or –6 V to existing NIM

The ORTEC Model 495 Power Supply is

• For use with photomultiplier tubes,

The ORTEC Models 556 and 556H High- OUTPUT RIPPLE <15 mV peak-to-peak,

• High sensitivity and very low noise

INPUT AND BIAS SHV.

• Provides arrival time alignment for

PERFORMANCE

• Selectable filter for pulse shaping

The Model 474 is particularly suited for

• Selectable input pulse height range

0 to –30 mV, or 0 to –150 mV full scale

• Strobed linear output with internal

to a uniform rise time and width. It is amplitude with gate closed.

• Two Model 575A Amplifiers in a one-

The ORTEC Model 855 Dual Amplifier is

(C version). BNC connectors are used for

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL inverting)

(PWB) jumper selectable to accept either

Rise Time ≤50 ns.

+1.5 V and the preset value has not been

SERIAL When the RS-232-C option board is

1.9 keV at 0 pF; these become 4.6 keV at

mA; +12 V, 15 mA; –12 V, 15 mA. Furnished

1/10 the actual threshold voltage of the

100 kHz 0.5 1.5 5.0

10- to 110-ns range by a 10-turn control

POWER REQUIRED The Model 414A derives

10-V output signal suitable for use with

adjustment of the baseline restorer is

100% of any linear range. Any relatively

scale.

100,000 counts/s. Unipolar output, 2-μs

o

1000 ns, or 0.4 to 10 μs for the output

for each channel) accept NIM-standard fast

115 V ac is nominally 4 A for a 160-W dc

contain heavy loads. The NIM bin used with

2% of rated output from X300 overload in

mounted on the rear panel selects the source

2.5 non-overloaded unipolar pulse widths

Analyzer of lower-level bias. INT position selects front-

449-2), which has a sound frequency that

Short and Long for the log range.

A cable is available (Model C-VT120) for

LEMO power connector that is compatible with

A charge terminator and a 100-Ω voltage

INTERNAL OSCILLATOR

A positive logic signal that defines the

individually selectable as either positive

A wide variety of input pulse shapes can

input (signal plus offset) limited to ±5 V.

ADCs and release them to accept the next

pointer exceeds the current

ADCs must operate in the zero-suppressed

logic (also compatible with NIM-standard

Adjustable over a range of approximately

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL For detectors having rise times >1 ns, the

Amplifier under the following conditions

HV on, no PMT installed, X6

Auxiliary outputs include a Delay Period

1000 Ω.

Base structure is a mechanical Model 269

the negative signal from the

CAMAC controls are provided for starting

To facilitate making the interconnections

Connection of power and control lines to

110% of rated input over any 24-h period at

Counter B, and to advise when the front-

reached on the blind preset register. M and N

DELAY JITTER ≤0.02% of selected range.

DIMENSIONS NIM-standard single-width

DIRECT Front-panel BNC connector with an

Model Description

Display Test) may be remotely controlled

increment one count at the end of each

EXT REF Rear-panel BNC connector accepts

structed terminator is mounted in a rear- panel

Each channel has a rear-panel "E" output

front-panel screwdriver adjustments to set the

Electrical, Mechanical and Environmental

connection (PoE). Includes MAESTRO software

For single-photon counting insert a fast

265A to the Model 556; C-36-12 consists of

Front-panel, two-position, toggle switch

VACUUM SHUTDOWN input.) 710 Quad 1-kV Bias Supply

Identical to front-panel INPUT when PWB-

selectable for either <1 Ω or 93 Ω using a

Input Dynamic Range 400 mV peak-to-peak.

Dimensions NIM-Standard single width 3.43 x

Instruments producing either positive or

DELAYED OUT, POS/ NEG Front- and rear-

Integral Nonlinearity <±0.02%, 0 to +10

for distribution of positive high voltage to connecting the preamplifier output to the

Internal trimmer controls permit optimum

with NaI(Tl), fast liquid scintillators, or

LIMIT PUSHBUTTON Inserts a diode limiter

required is +24 V at 90 mA, –24 V at 170 mA,

MCA. They can be used for three purposes

a) to predict the distortions caused by dead time losses, b) to determine the counting

Measured using the Co 1.33-MeV gamma ray

having its center conductor connected to the

Model 572 Amplifier and time constant of

terminated in Amphenol 17-20090 numbers and descriptions:

Model HM413 to read the word into a FIFO

GATE The master GATE output is

Module NIM : Alimentation HT et rack Nim

Guide HT

ON/OFF switch has been turned on, or the

the adjusted output voltage in the 0 to 500-V

ORTEC Model 4002P Portable Power Supply.

(1.5 X 2.4 X 5.25 in.).

ORTEC detectors. The TTL position is for

excessive output current. Recovery from

ORTEC/TTL/BYPASS Internal printed wiring

overload is automatic when the overload is

OUTPUT TIMING ≅≅500 ns after peak of

EXT LLD Input from 0 to –10 V, 2000-Ω input

Output Noise <50 μV rms with ORTEC main

male plugs, 12-ft length

PANEL METER 240° circular movement with

POWER REQUIRED +24 V, 50 mA; –24 V, 35

REO to the REN input on the first ADC in

completion of the readout. In either case,

RESET Depressing this button resets both

transfer when the Model 994 reaches the

Repeatedly pushing the button cycles the

and displays the time if either the 0.01-Sec or

SELECT Push-button switch in the Display

instrument if the Time Base Select is set at the Timer section from 99,999,999 to 0.

SHAPING TIME, and exponential decay time

panel output impedance <1 Ω. Rear-panel 4001A/

SHAPING Three, 3-position printed wiring

linear 0 to 10-V range. ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

SPECTRUM SHIFT† (Fig. 2) Peak position

counting rates, but increases the restoration

Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors

428 Dual 0 to ±1 kV

Sets the instrument dead time for widths

fast negative input signals from 0 V to –5 V

Shaping Amplifier is intended for energy

analysis applications such as neutron-

Standard computer interfaces built in to

The Event counter, which is accessible

TAC Front- and rear-panel BNC connectors

DOE/ER-0457T.

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY ≤±50 ppm/°C,

DIMENSIONS 4.5 X 13.2 X 10.0 cm (1.75 X

TEST Accepts input voltage pulses from a

C-36-2 RG-59A/U 75-Ω Cable with two

THRESH (Threshold) A front-panel 20-turn

is 15,000 Ω.

The Model 850 has an easy-to-use, built-

reference threshold.

The Model 994 derives its power from the

TIME BASE 3 LEDs indicate the selected

The Model 996 derives its power from the

base. In the EXT time base mode, preset illuminated LED. The SEL push-button

The Model VT120 is a single-channel unit

50 Ω.

The unique “dynamic routing” feature

cases, for convenience (especially over large

The use of surface-mount circuits in the

THRESHOLD INSTABILITY ≤±0.1 mV/°C,

Time correction according to Gedcke-Hale

integrator-shaped time constants of 0.50 to 25-pin; male wired as DTE to run at 38.4k

UNI-BI Front-panel toggle switch selects

connector corresponds to a signal in the range

V ac settings when the dc load is 300 W.

approached. This warning occurs at and above The Model 4002E Power Supply may be

VSN The Virtual Station Number (0–255)

mode. The (–) input is always grounded. after readout. The master GATE signal is

Valid Start and Valid Conversion outputs

Multipliers, fixed 5 μs for X100 Multiplier, and

When power is turned On to the Module, a

reads the data in the buffer before the next

a front-panel 20-turn potentiometer. The

Output Width, whichever is greater.

a nearly Gaussian pulse shape at the UNI

*Time interval equals the selected front-panel SHAPING TIME multiplied by the Shaping Time Multiplier.

adjustable discriminator level to enable

>400 ns.

adjustment is achieved by simply pushing

the unipolar output incorporates a high- detector characteristics. Negative

adjustment of the voltage distributed to

fast plastic scintillators. The Model 269

after removal of the overload condition.

5 No connection provides four preamplifier power output

allows the user to alternate reading the

At the end of the dwell interval, the

amplifier is ideally suited for use with

PZ adjustment mode to arrive at a

amplitude equal to the input, and shaped

GATE FEEDTHROUGH <0.005% of signal

amplitude on the timing output. With the

Specifications

amplitudes above the lower level produce

through the lower-level threshold.

and checking when characters are sent or

is needed to reset; a signal of <+1.5 V or open

and counting applications with detectors

deliver signals on high-quality, 50-Ω module or power supply via the captive

and is ready to take control of the FERA

to determine completion of the readout.

and time spectroscopy with scintillation

gamma separation when using the

any detector, and provides a performance

and slightly lower noise than the

applications. A precision 10-turn poten-

0 V to –5 V without saturation; dc-coupled;

are provided for each accepted start and

fixed 50 μs for X1K and X10K Multipliers.

as the ORTEC Model 4001A/4002D. Required

In that case, 50-Ω coaxial cables with

associated ADC or multichannel analyzer.

ADC or multichannel analyzer to prevent

automatic gated baseline restorer, which

570 output eliminates spectrum

available for changing the shaping delay

INPUTS

base with voltage divider network, and a

main amplifier or preamplifier power supply.

baseline sweep input is provided via the

disabled.

bin when the application requires ±12 V

from the dc supplies are internally limited INPUT

blocked or all signals are passed unless

BLR can be bypassed for dc-coupling.

board. The Recycle mode can be used when

counting is enabled and <+0.5 V when

both a low-noise shaping amplifier and a

adjusted with a front-panel control, or it

button selects either the lower-level or

the Digital Voltmeter. Front-panel yellow LED

by the pulse Width control, or until the

adjusts width of the output pulse; typical range

can be purchased separately for use with

provided the total output dc power does

channels of gate and delay generators in

adjustments provide independent fine

charge terminator when it is not in use.

NEG/POS Front-panel slide switch

circuit. This allows easy setup and very

baseline restorer discriminator level.

compatible with modules requiring either

with rise and fall times <4 ns.

computer interfaces. The front panel may

counting channels, are output during the

constant background in the counting rate

STANDARD DEVIATION ~15% with Log

constant to optimize the signal-to-noise

Cs source with its peak stored at 75% of the

controls are independently variable from

fractions.

count, readout, reset, and selecting the

The counting function of the entire

counter effectively extends the counting

base, preset times from 0.01 to 990,000 s can or P digit in the display of the preset value.

counter/timer. It provides the excellent

+1 V, but the lower-level dial sets the

crossing time does not produce an output

TIMING Two front-panel BNC connectors Model Description

current by producing an output pulse for

INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT <1 X 10–12 A.

data transfer. When the ADC has finished

command can be used to start and stop inputs, and to wait for a common Clear

defined in Fig. 1, these switches select

signals. The GATE input is delivered to all four

dently for each segment as 64, 128, 256,

Multichannel Buffer with 16

derivation channels are used to evaluate

sweep input. With the lower-level REF

detector application is easily selected.

≤1 ns; input pulse width = 10 ns.

detector. The ORTEC position is used for

circuit protects the output against demands for

detectors. This feature enables it to be

OPEN LOOP GAIN >40,000.

discriminator for leading-edge timing or

INTEGRAL/NORMAL/WINDOW Two printed

discriminator. The LL threshold sets the

set for the zero-crossing reference; normally negative logic signal. Occurs as the leading

discriminators. Two independent CF time-

used to provide an external baseline

displayed buttons select input impedance

50 Ω or 1kΩ. See IN.

displayed. The CCNIM option can directly

has been activated. The Interval output of

drops below the maximum operating limit.

4002P-C1 allows the 4002P to supply power Connects the 4002P NIM POWER output to

dwell/automatic recycle mode is disabled

counting is enabled and <+0.5 V when

edge triggered, and printed wiring board

Impedance Zo <10 Ω.

either negative or positive NIM-standard

1 μs to 3 μs.

electrode and for the second and twelfth

the anode output and the discriminator input. two SHV connectors assembled and ready to

eliminates unwanted events from the time

rates will not hinder normal operation of

external baseline sweep. In this mode of

to 0.999 V). The Digital Voltmeter reading must

feature of a selectable integration time

presence of 0 to 105 random counts/s from a

for each input. The various combinations

X and X⎯⎯ Outputs 100 MHz.

front panel permits selection of any one

Disc Level Front-panel screwdriver

front-panel switch (0, 100, 200, 500, or

Ordering Information

functions of single-channel pulse-height

for pulse routing.

generates a CLR, thus preventing lock-up

responds with a 40-ns-wide WAK signal.

identical sections. Longer delays may be

OUTPUTS (4) 50 Ω; delay between In and

impedances are compatible with all other

DIRECT Front-panel BNC connector provides

improved performance at all count rates.

1.5-μs shaping.

in which the upper-level and lower-level

by evaluating its timing at two different

independent channels of 4-input logic in

channels with indentical functions. The

input impedance. The negative inputs can

panel. The interface connector for the

inputs. Each input is accepted through a

PERFORMANCE

instantaneous visual readout of the full

panel. Manual control of the Count, Stop,

is on, and the output polarity selection

INSTABILITY <0.001%/24 hours.

level and upper-level thresholds of each

push button to select channel 1 through 4.

light-emitting diode (LED) display, give

instrument and use the presettable

locking toggle switch selects one of two

WIDTH ADJUST Front-panel 20-turn

low-input noise, selectable shaping time

GAIN RANGE Continuously adjustable from 5

maximum amplitude is 1.65 times selected

Maximum input ±10 V (dc plus signal). signal cable is connected to the front-panel

may give the lowest noise for conditions

be used for an MCA anticoincidence

measure dc currents or the average value

PERFORMANCE

measurement is started with the RESPONSE

50 Ω, with short-circuit protection. Maximum 2.5 kHz 1.0 3.0 10.0

meet the interchangeability standards of

OUTPUTS

minimizing peak position shifts and peak

OUTPUTS

module and all signal levels from it are

centroid within a fraction of one channel.

mounted NORM/DIFF slide switch is in the

printed circuit board jumper. Baseline

multipliers, and other detectors used in

±5 V into 50 Ω.

negative NIM output logic pulses. Output

0.15-m length

nonoverloaded pulse widths using maximum

COARSE GAIN Front-panel, eight-position counterclockwise.

of <10% on the FAST setting, <3% on MED,

ANALOG OUTPUT Rear-panel BNC

on the front panel. These outputs can be

Select push-button selects which of the 3

optimized for amplifying the pulses from

PERFORMANCE

oscilloscope trace will show the signals

indicate the information being displayed in the

output dc-level is within the range from

Gain ≤±0.0075%/°C, 0 to 50°C.

output pulse is delayed from the maximum

connected to the preamplifier ground through

panel Enable connector for Pulse Inhibit

impedance 1000 Ω, dc-coupled; Inhibit

panel meter. The audible output includes

preselected zero-reference level.

panel with an On/Off switch at the fully

Negative Input Changing the Input Polarity can disable all front-panel controls. Computer

panel. These connectors deliver ±12 and

–12 V, 0.5 A on +24 V, and 0.5 A on

parallel, the Model 533 can be used as a

to ±10 V linear; Zo ~ 0.1 Ω; Outputs A and B

photomultiplier tubes. The charge in the

cable from ORTEC main amplifier or ORTEC C-24-12 RG-62A/U 93-Ω Cable with two

pins in row 16. Row 17 is not connected.

ECL CONTROL BUS The 8- by 2-pin Ω on the (+) input and ground on the (–)

plates, fast photomultiplier tubes, fast

because walk contributes to the time

positive logic pulses. The TTL output is

each channel delivers a TTL version of the

possibility of errors in readout. An LED

The Dwell control can be rotated to select

potentiometer on the front panel permits

selectable as active high or active low via a with power cords on all standard ORTEC

power cable from ORTEC main amplifier or

DIMENSIONS 3.81 X 6.10 X 13.3 cm Ordering Information

power supply is automatically shut down,

NIM bin control panel.

preamplifier signals a warmup condition,

PERFORMANCE constant load, and constant input voltages

preamplifiers or pulsed optical feedback

the negative overload recovery at the unipolar

precision discriminators are included on

or >+3 V at the Enable input allows the COUNTER DISPLAY 8-digit, 7-segment LED

proportional counters, and scintillation

with peaking time equal to 2.2τ, 50% pulse

provides a linear output range from 0 to

female SMA

provisions for an external detector bias

CURRENT MONITOR Front-panel jacks for

pulses and permit optimizing the signal-

DC Level ≤±25 μV/°C referred to the output.

pulses, generates an analog output pulse

to that of the lower-level discriminator.

range, +100 mV to –100 mV. Adjust to 0

positive position).

ranges to 5, 30, or 50 ns. For all delay

INPUTS Front-panel LEMO connector for

reading is for the counter or the timer,

preset condition. During the delay period,

recycling is permitted with a dwell time

OUTPUTS

required by the Model HM413, all FERAbus

negative logic (50- Ω input impedance), or TTL

scale inherent in its 240° movement and

is smaller.

select the logic requirements separately

MAXIMUM COUNT RATE

selected, the display dwells for 1 or 10

of sinking 5 mA of positive current during C-75 Female-to-female RS-232-C null

selection of the required input voltage,

the rated range or for a change of load

set to an optimum level as a function of

provides a +5 V logic pulse for the

shaping time. Input from ORTEC Model 419

INPUTS occurs as leading edge of linear input crosses

signals require the use of 50-Ω coaxial

SMA58-1.5 RG-58A/U (50-Ω) Coaxial

signals that fall within the dc to 7 MHz

Net 0.9 kg (2 lb).

small signals before presentation to the

Response Function Recorded with a Model 9306

specifications are identical for OUTPUTS

Power Supply, 9307 pico-TIMING SMA58-0.15 RG-58A/U (50-Ω)

spectra via externally imposed energy or

the Model 567. The TAC output should be

stability, resolution, and dynamic range

position of the center of the window over

standard electronics, provides excellent

ENERGY RANGE

steps, with the range in time over which

RANGE μsec 11-position switch selects the

stop input respectively. The duration of

Occurs after Over Range, Strobe cycle, or Ext

suited for high-counting rate and timing

PERFORMANCE

supply and modules to exhaust at the top

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT DC AC Front-panel, green light indicates the

that are being counted by the Model 994,

counter display. Counter A, Counter B, or the

that deliver pulses with ultra-fast rise

coaxial cables with SMA connectors and power cord and standard, 9-pin, D

that yields the optimum time resolution.

≈2.2τ for other Integration settings and

the Gate input is not held below +1.5 V.

through the duration of each counting

the Model 660 shuts off the bias voltage

BIAS VOLTAGE RANGES 0–5 kV, or 0–500 from the bin supply.

the ORTEC Model 9306 1-GHz Preamplifier,

BNC/SMA BNC to SMA Adapter with male

the Preset mode has been selected by the

position with the Ext time base selected, or an open circuit allows counting of the clock.

the amplitude for driving the input of a

rear-panel BNC connector.

the bin power has been turned on, the HV

0–500 V Rear-panel SHV connector furnishes

the earlier of two signals such that the

4.75 400 0.875

the leading edge or the trailing edge of

WIDTH ADJUST (W) Front-panel screwdriver

therefore can store the unipolar outputs

integration time constant of 0.04, 0.1, or

these pulses in the timer portion of the

slow positive logic pulse at each overflow of

they are furnished to the discriminator.

front panel:

time constant depends on such factors as

Gain ≤±0.01%/°C, 0 to 50°C.

time of the Model 9326 output, which can

or 20 V/V. The overall gain is non-inverting.

timer, timer and presettable counter, or

interest, it is possible to furnish pulses at

times in the range from 10 to 650 ns and

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

times. An output rise time of 350 ps and

50-Ω terminations. The input is ac- connector. The ORTEC Model 4002P

to 10-V linear range. PWB jumper selects

amplifiers and other amplifiers having a 0- to

to a 0.5-kV increment in output voltage,

position disables the BIAS SHUTDOWN input,

to the MED position. After the meter has

10 kHz 0.5 1.5 5.0

turn potentiometer determines the window

EXT BNC connector accepts the lower-level

turned off, the bin power is off, or the

detector bias voltage in order to protect the

use with existing NIM bins, or it can be

circuit protection. Fuses protect the ac 100 88–110

vacuum enclosures. This allows the input

142C 5 X 10 MeV /s.

vacuum shutdown feature can be utilized.

significant digit.

viewing the analog signal at the counter

incremented using the Advance push-button.

voltages and polarities. Each supply can

supplies in the case of a vacuum failure

when the protection is removed (Fig. 1).

same as bias polarity).

with 2- by 2-in. NaI(Tl) crystal and PMT

amplifiers and the Model 4002P Portable 276 Photomultiplier Base with

with capacitance greater than 100 pF but

±7 V open circuit or ±3.5 V terminated in 93 Ω.

zero-suppressed readout. The Model HM413

ECL input and an ECL output on the Model the Singles mode. The GATE connector on

–1800 mV. The negative input threshold

steady-state counting rate of randomly spaced

• External or internal control of gate

by a positive enable pulse. It is useful for Inhibit connector.

• Pulse-height analysis, timing signal

The ORTEC Model 552 Pulse-Shape pulse routing via the separate rear-panel

• Separate lower-level and upper-level

bipolar signals and shows better results widely varying counting rates.

• Supports suspend & resume operations

• Supports suspend & resume operations

• Time slewing <±20 ps from –150 mV

pulse-shaping cables has been PERFORMANCE

+10 V) and UL sets the window width (0 to

the linear input. At the end of this period, the Ordering Information

0 kV–5 kV Front-panel, 10-segment, bar-

detector. The ORTEC position is used for

142IH PC General-purpose, low-cost preamp

0.05 524 at 0 223 at 0 <20 at 0 ±7 100 or 10 ±3000

17- by 2-pin headers (3M 3414-6006 or AMP

row of two pins is assigned to each differential

486, Pentium, or Compatible Computer with

486, Pentium, or Compatible Computer with

<±0.2% (typically ±0.1%) for ±6 V over

sinks and up through any installed NIM

A low-frequency roll-off less than 10 kHz

ANALOG INPUT Front-panel BNC connector

ADC must operate in zero-suppression mode

499497-3) spaced to match the configuration

Amplifier is especially designed to shape

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY

Another feature that simplifies operating

or Off (disabled).

BAUD RATE SELECT (S-3) A 4-position slide

INTERVAL Rear-panel BNC connector fur-

COARSE GAIN Six-position switch to select

TIME SHIFT vs PULSE HEIGHT (Walk)

COUNT Push-button switch enables counting

dwell interval; nominally +5 V, 500 ns wide,

Calibrator is simplified by controls that

Outputs; selections are 10, 20, 40, 80, 160,

Counter A or B for presentation in the 8-

identical to the Gate B input.

DC Inhibit mode provides external control

OUTPUT

Designed for international use, the 4002P

–24 V 0.5 A

Digital Bus,* an easy-to-use language for

counting cycles. After the Model 974A

ECL INPUTS/OUTPUTS FERA AUXILIARY SIGNALS

Front-panel 8- by 2-pin connector

F(10)·A(0) Tests and clears LAM. A Q = 1

VSN2 REGISTER The function of this register

GAIN RANGE Continuously adjustable from 1

shaping. circuit proof; with full scale linear range of +10

GATE Rear-panel BNC connector provides an

Net 1.5 kg (3.3 lb).

HV ON/OFF Front-panel toggle switch turns

produce the full output voltage. A source

INPUT Accepts positive or negative charge

POWER REQUIRED

INPUT BNC connector; isolated for 1000 V;

Pulse Generator.

INT In the INTEGRAL mode, the lower level

550A Single-Channel Analyzer

LED INDICATOR Front-panel, red LED lights

INPUTS ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

LED to be illuminated, the module must be

IN B Identical to In A except that it feeds

LEMO connectors provide adjustable-width,

CFD-DELAY-5 ns Delay plug-in for 1, 2, 3, 4,

LL REF EXT When the PWB jumper is on Ext,

To order, specify:

LL REF MODE Rear-panel 2-position locking

SCA NEG OUT Front-panel BNC connector

LOWER LEVEL Front-panel, 10-turn, locking

is approximately 1000 Ω. Front-panel test point Shipping 2.3 kg (5.0 lb)

MIN LED illuminates when the time base is

COUNTER NEGATIVE Front-panel BNC the Timer section, and these are present only

Maximum current limited only by the input

Provision is made for activating a temperature

Model 710 is ideal for providing the bias

overload/shutdown alarm output

Model VT120, between the anode output and

a anode

Module NIM : Analyseurs multicanaux (MCA)

DSPEC-50DSPEC-LF

Module NIM : Générateurs d’impulsions

419480

NIM-standard slow positive logic signals.

sections.

NaI(Tl), and photomultiplier tubes. Three

NIM bin, a NIM-standard positive signal

On each supply, a three-position, locking

dependently selectable for each channel by

Output Fall Time Time constant of 50 μs.

C-24-12 RG-62A/U 93-Ω Cable with two BNC

P digit range is from 0 to 6. The Advance

Two-position jumper mounted on the PWB. In >+3 V or open circuit allows counting; <+1.5 V

PZ adjustment; this position may give the

Shipping 3.1 kg (7.0 lb).

PZ position, momentarily pressing AUTO PZ

INPUT switch setting, the input impedance is recovery. Output pulse is selectable as active

Preamplifier is a high-performance, wide-

GAIN (10% gain tolerance on all versions):

Preamplifier is optimized for fast timing

Model 9306 is designed to accept and derives its +24-V dc power from a NIM

RECOVERY TIME <50 μs to return to within

through the plastic window. U.S.A. standard

REMOTE A single LED labeled REM indicates

pulses to control the counting condition of the

RESET button is pushed. Alternatively, an

allows counting provided the instrument is in

Readout Control mode. See REQ description

F(8)·A(0) Tests LAM. Q = 1 if LAM is is not detected within 10 μs after

Rubber feet for table-top protection. All

voltages change <±0.5% (after a 60-

SELECT Push-button chooses the M, N, or P

input controls counting of the In A events in

SENSITIVITY <0.01% of full scale per °C,

mode, the center of the window is adjustable

SPECTRUM BROADENING† (Fig. 2) Typically

200, 500, and 1000. series with the front-panel UNI output

STOP Front-panel BNC connector terminates

±12 V

STOP Push-button switch stops counting in

END OF PRESET Provides a NIM-standard

Station Number and Subaddress information

circuit-board jumper selects NIM-standard fast

TEST Push-button switch illuminates all 7

oscillator and countdown circuit. Nominally +5

Table 1. Pin Assignments for Preamp Power

of a NIM module. Permits powering a NIM

The X output is a NIM fast negative logic

Input to Y (Neg) <13 ns.

The convenient switch-selectable steps of

0 280 1.25

The function of each input is selectable,

OPERATING TEMPERATURE 0 to 50°C.

The linear output from pin 13 is normally

n.c. no connection

The settling time for 1% precision on the

RANGE Front-panel six-position switch

These preamplifiers have a separate fast-

142A >40,000.

This switch increments the value of N, as

be capable of sinking 0.5 mA positive current

Threshold variable from +100 mV to +9.5 V

preset digit selected by the SEL push-button

With all jumpers in the Out position, the

Differentiation Out.

a fixed threshold of –250 mV on a 50-Ω

Gate A and Gate B inputs on the rear

accelerator beams. It digitizes the input

GROUND >1 X 1010 Ω.

accuracy of the delays, it can be used to

INPUT

adjustable from ≤10 to ≥1000 ns. This

≤±0.25% of full scale.

adjustment sets the width of the Blocking

INPUTS

allowed input voltage range. Measurements

Extender Cable, such as ORTEC Model

allows operating the proportional counter

check and calibration; Rin = 93 Ω.

ambient temperature for the same load and

listed have no connection in the Model 4002P,

amplitude of the Gaussian UNIPOLAR output

60

an integral low-noise preamplifier, a PMT

Model 276 is powered from any ORTEC

an internal connector allows operation at

frequency up to 100 kHz for the dc outputs.

an output rise time <10 ns. To reduce low

input measured at maximum gain with

analog signals before presentation to the

SMA58-0.5 RG-58A/U (50-Ω) Coaxial

and 240 V ac input power). All dc outputs

Pin Number Power Voltage

and contains the input fuse. Fuse ratings

current from 10% to 100% of full load.

applications in timing spectroscopy. When

to achieve good timing even where some

are precision-formed and protected with a

thermal warning lamp for mating power supply.

are selected for the coincidence function

INPUT IMPEDANCE >1.5 k Ω, dc-coupled.

as timing with systems utilizing low-gain

NON INV/INV Selects inversion or non-

as well as serving as a specialized pulse

from 0 to ±1 V. This converts to 0–2 pC, using

attached bin by the 4002A is rated at +12

electrical standards to be used for the supply fuse when operating from 100 or 120 V

attached bin control panel. When the heat

input power. Control of the primary power

automatically when the Model 996 is under

counting is disabled. Zo ~ 30 Ω.

bars to minimize the voltage drop at each

Connection of power and control lines to

be used with power supplies not providing

NIM-standard slow positive logic level signal.

board. When the automatic recycle mode is

counting. The driving source must be capable

by the Model HM413 with ORTEC ADCs set to

through 32 (depending on the

calibrated and locking 5-turn dials. Each

Some detector manufacturers provide a

capacitance. Typical slope, 0 to 100 pF =

available on special order.

causes the system resolution to be nearly

broadening caused by dc drift and

change <±0.5% (after a 60-minute warmup)

provide test points to monitor each of the dc

channel remains shut down until the fault

0.01-μA steps for current.

channeltrons, fast photomultiplier tubes,

PULSE-PAIR RESOLUTION <10 ns at the

circuits are filtered for very low noise.

TURN-ON, TURN-OFF TRANSIENTS

coincidence) of the start and stop inputs

coupled so that changing input count

coincident pulses. The coincidence inputs

connectors provide positive pulses ≥500 ns

compatible with all ORTEC main amplifiers

g grid

compatible with local ac voltage outlets.

within ±0.1% of the rated voltage for all

constants from 40 μs to ∞. For the NEG

output impedance selectable for either <1 Ω 4002A Bin/Power Supply. The power required

continuously adjustable gain (X2 to X250)

OUTPUT Front-panel BNC connector.

cord connector. An international standard

output power 96 W at +50°C. Derates to 72 W

counter and timer, a digital electrometer

reading to produce a full-scale deflection on

counter or the timer. LED digits are also

instrument is reset and another counting

counts/s. Measured on the 1.33-MeV gamma-

network. oscilloscope ranges.

coupled, back-terminated; very good pulse

Model Description

current and voltage recorders, as well as

the time constant for the integrating network;

cutout in the left side panel. Sections 1

capable of sinking 0.5 mA of positive current

dead-time for fluctuating counting rates.

+3 V in steps of 1.5 mV (minimum pulse 30 mV). Computer

details. The FAST, MED, and SLOW response

proportional to the measured counting rate for 50 Hz 0.7 2.0 7.0

detectors are preserved by the <1-ns rise

GAIN Selectable by board jumpers for 5, 10,

different shaping times. A bipolar output

facilitate monitoring the accuracy of the

differentiated shape often permits direct

142B 0–400 MeV.

discriminator threshold (THRESH) setting.

To order, specify:

do not contain a +6 V supply, an Internal

RESET Depressing this button resets both OUTPUTS

either local or relatively remote audible

≥50 ns; ±30 V maximum; UG-1094/U BNC

exhibits less timing jitter when compared

≤25 μV for Gain = 50; ≤60 μV for Gain = 10.

features excellent temperature stability,

Typically <0.1 mV/ μs/V output.

feedthrough termination of 50-Ω cable at

termination.

for driving any of the medium-speed logic

Coincidence Requirements When Switch Setting is 2.

for example, these discriminators are set

(lower-level threshold) on which a window

for the rise times of the pulser, coaxial

standard preamplifier power plug (e.g.,

from the minimum to maximum limits of the

DOE/ER-0457T. For use with a Module

full-scale Pulse Height control range and

the pulser output and feed a charge signal into

generated. The width of this output pulse

setting.

germanium detectors. For added safety, an

OPTIONAL CABLE ACCESSORIES

giving preset capability from 1 through 9

OVFL LED illuminates from the first overflow

graph indicators verify that the selected

TTL position to make the bias shutdown

grids to ensure unimpeded ventilation for

copper bus bars, wire, and a printed INSTALLED WIRING All connectors wired in

has settled, the RESPONSE switch is moved

5 kHz 0.7 2.0 7.0

high accuracy, the unique circular front-

for 10 to 106 counts/s.

identify the exact centroid of each peak.

Amplifier. The Min position selects a

incorporated for supplying ±12 V dc, and

of the dc outputs. A temperature warning

inhibit signal can be fed into the front-

input >2 V, maximum input 20 V. Enable

inhibited by a pulse or a dc level at the

to 100% of full scale.

input accepts either positive or negative

restorer operates only on the true

input, to check overall system linearity.

pulses to simulate various types of detectors;

interference frequencies the differential

energy spectrum as the counting rate increases.(c) After pushing the AUTO PZ button, the

interfering with the continuous operation

readout request" in the Coincidence modules.

is typically 3 A rms for a 120-W dc load.

been shut off by exceeding the heat-sink

jumper located on the PWB. In the Counter

driving source must be capable of sinking

kΩ resistance to ground. Input protected

and adapters can be selected from the female BNC

linear mode has 11 full-scale ranges from

counts/s full scale in 1-3-10 steps.

manufacturer of the PMT, can be furnished

k cathode

means of checking electronic instru ments

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY <±0.01%/°C,

min are available using the 0.01-MIN time

through the three choices as indicated by the

minimum width above threshold, 20 ns at a

C option provides computer control of the

module (number of ADC inputs per module).

200 ns), then issues the REO signal on a

modules are not necessary with this unit,

the end of the TAC output. The

mounting directly or close to a detector.

TEMPERATURE GAIN INSTABILITY

noise interference with the small signals

To order, specify:

normally establish the baseline reference

BIPOLAR CROSSOVER WALK ≤±5 ns at

ns, or from 0.4 to 10 μs can be selected

adjustment of the width within the range

operation of photomultipliers, ionization

circuits.

operation. Factory-set in gated position.

POWER REQUIRED +24 V, 80 mA; –24 V,

output can be enabled for the Coincidence

Monitor mode, the WAK output and its pull-

output pulses resulting in improved noise

SPECTRUM BROADENING* Typically <10%

outputs, and one positive TTL output. The

impedance.

over the serial communications interface.

INTERFACE

panel LEMO connectors provide adjustable-

CFD-DELAY-50 ns Delay plug-in for 10, 20,

panel. Manual control of the Count, Stop,

Time Base push-button, 0.01 Sec, 0.01 Min, or

period. Regulation <±0.3% for ±12 V and

contact.

polarity for two semiconductor detectors,

PERFORMANCE

polarity when the front-panel Ref Voltage

the signal input of a charge-sensitive

power from the 117 V ac lines in the bin.

signal each time Counter A overflows its 8-

power return, high-quality ground return,

the front panel turns on when the heat

preamplifier and provides a positive 0 to

changes in the noise level. No operator

preamplifier positive output pulse to any

To order, specify:

preset value can be incremented using the

COUNT Pushing this button enables the

produced by the detector. Gains of 5, 10,

Model Description

pulse must fall inside the data pulse and

ECL Control Bus for gating in the Readout

pulse rates or when monitoring rates that

counts/sec full scale in 1-3-10 steps.

pulsed-reset preamplifier. Input polarity

75 mA.

rated output from a X1000 overload in 2.5

gain factor from 0.5 to 1.5. preamplifiers, set the PZ adjustment fully

readout from the ADCs on the ECL Data Bus

ribbon cable (3M part number 3356/16) with 8-

resistance 1.49 MΩ, resulting in bleeder

ORTEC main shaping amplifier for linear

response times are also controlled by the

Full-Scale STANDARD DEVIATION (%)

selections are 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, and 6.

Shipping 3.2 kg (7 lb).

significant, the measurement is corrected

ORTEC instrument equipped with the

spectral data in the entire memory. These

The Model HM413 automatically solves contains the cables and connectors

standard fast negative logic signal whose

signals that would be produced by leading-

standard, fast-negative logic pulses with

Counter inputs can be achieved with the

starting with 0.5 kV to turn on the first

but does not alter the function of the RESET

still present at the BIAS SHUTDOWN input,

circuit protects the output against demands for

stop input, respectively. The duration of

Strobe Reset cycle.

supply provides two outputs controlled by

TTL logic level output from their detector

terminated in Amphenol 17-20090 connector

a anode

terminator allows the voltage pulse to be

maximum determined by the Attenuator

that have independently selectable output

SHUTDOWN input to turn off all bias

that the front-panel walk controls can be

Model 552 are its use with gaseous

the NIM bin power is turned on. Thus, the

The high voltage outputs are protected

the button is pressed. Maximum value = 9.

sections and the front-panel count LED

the interval of a Stop Gate input signal.

time of a Reset/Inhib signal will be completed signals.

the module has completed its conversions,

from the last ADC in the FERA readout loop

the readout loop. REO is used only in the

Register (R1 to R5). the Model HM413 if a CLR signal

the threshold potentiometer. The BLR time

WEIGHT

the tube is available as an external trim

Either the anode or dynode signal may be numbers and descriptions:

threshold value is selected by the front-

WALK ≤2.0 ns from X2 to X20 threshold.

time resolution (Fig. 1); also, its fast-

142A 0–200 MeV.

timing output is adjustable from –25 mV

<±0.1 mV/°C (0 to 50°C).

timing resolution (FWHM) = eno/(dVo/dt) .

(8)

timing, the rise time of the input pulses

have actual time differences without a

to be input directly to other instruments

a combined function of the reference and the

to list-mode readouts on the FERAbus. The

ECL INPUTS/OUTPUTS

turn off. No oscilloscope is required for

Automatic positive and negative noise preamplifiers and pulsed optical feedback

turned on. Thus, the correct polarity can

V, on separate outputs, with each output

until the end of the output pulse, as set

Width Front-panel screwdriver potentiometer

upper-level (0 to +10 V) threshold in the

connector corresponds to a range of 0 to 10 V

upper-level threshold (0 to +10 V) in the

WEIGHT

variable delay of linear or logic signals

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY Gain shift of

way to deliver dc power from a NIM bin to

Outputs Standard ORTEC preamplifier power

where overload pulses are involved, as it

unipolar recovers in same time from X100

±10 V linear, ±25 V maximum, and counts

TIMER OVERFLOW Provides a NIM-standard

±12 V and ±24 V, and <±0.2% (typically

4002E 300-W BLACK MAX Power

±3000 V dc with 0 to 10 mA load current.

OUTPUT VOLTAGE One 6-position switch,

–5 mV to +5 mV. This output permits the

DC Level <±50 μV/°C, 0 to 50°C.

• Provision to reject unwanted start or

performed with single-channel analysis, time walk in the SCA output.

• Selectable integration time constants

signal offers a more rapid baseline selection from 10 through 1000 and single-

(10 V with attenuator jumper set at X0.1);

ORTEC power connector; Amphenol 17-

(B version); or a gain of 20, noninverting

VT120B Fast-Timing Preamplifier (200 gain,

0.01-MIN time base is selected. If the EXT

standard RS-232-C communications. It also

996 is reset and the next counting/display

cable (3-meter length).

A built-in input attenuator is provided so

Other applications for this feature of the

ANALYZE Front-panel LED indicates that the

are normally installed at the receiving end for

Analyzer is ideally suited for selecting a

narrow range of pulse heights must be

Automation of all the critical adjustments

rejector is utilized, the triangular shape

BI Front-panel BNC connector with Zo <1 Ω

855 Dual Amplifier

Bipolar Output <±0.007%/°C for gain, and

COARSE GAIN Front-panel, eight-position

CFD = Constant-fraction discriminator mode

pT = pico-Timing™ discriminator

Conversion Gain Nominally 5 μV/eV with 2-

maximum (use rated voltage for the tube that

DELAY A pair of front-panel BNC connectors

Timing Outputs; inhibits further timing pulses

DIFF REF Front-panel BNC connector is used

logic pulse is selectable as active high or

Diff (Differential) Functions as a single-

Fig. 2. A Fast Coincidence System for Gamma-Gamma Coincidence Measurements

Discriminator. For rise times ≥1 ns, the

Time resolutions from 30 to 60 ps FWHM are

Front-panel, three-position slide switches

NUMBER OF IDENTICAL CHANNELS 4.

Generator accepts either polarity of input

permits the output pulse amplitude to be

INC N Push-button used to select the power

open circuit allows counting; <+1.5 V inhibits POWER REQUIRED +12 V, 280 mA; –12 V,

INPUT BNC front- and rear-panel connectors

Model Description

INT/NOR/WIN Front-panel 3-position locking

EXT STROBE INT When the rear-panel

In addition to the fast rise time (<3 ns),

0 to 50°C.

LE (Leading-Edge) Inhibits timing from the

GATE INPUT JUMPER (G+, G–, or BG) PWB Shipping 2.25 kg (5.0 lb)

LED display. This is useful when initially

with independently adjustable voltage and polarity.

M Push-button switch used to set the timer

MASTER GATE Rear-panel BNC connector

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HISTOGRAMMED ADC MODULES

4

Maximum dc output power from 0 to 50°C is

a factor of 10 lower voltage drop at maximum

Measured using the 60Co 1.33-MeV gamma ray

inside the module allows the gains of normal

Model 439 or it may be used to inhibit the

POLARITY Front-panel switch selects the

NOISE Typically <5 μV for unipolar output

with graduated dial for continuously variable CRM Rear-panel BNC connector with Zo

Noise <50 μV RMS (referred to the input).

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

Operation of the linear gate is controlled

pulses or dc levels through the rear-panel DC

Output Rise Time <100 ns for test input or

o female plugs, 12-ft length

POS HV SHV connector accepts positive bias

Models 460, 570, 572A, 575A, or 590A. These C-24-1 RG-62A/U 93-Ω Cable with two

Protection against overload is provided in

100 and 200 V ac. An international

Qi /n = (Qi /t) / (n/t) = (qi /tL) / (n/t)

(25)

RANGE switch to ensure standard deviations

Frequency SLOW MED FAST

REGULATION <±0.1% (typically ±0.05%) for

after removal of the overload condition. Over-

RISE TIME <3 ns to ±5 V into 50 Ω; band-

9305 Fast Preamplifier

RISE TIME Based on a +0.5 V signal through

ORTEC main amplifier or from an ORTEC

SHAPING TIME Three-position printed wiring

analyzers.

SHUTDOWN input. If a shutdown condition is

approximately 700 k Ω. A voltage foldback

SMA 50-Ω terminator is available for this

for optimum time resolution with ultra-fast

TEST Input for pulse generator to test and

WEIGHT area, and a Model 142B Preamplifier is

The fast rise time, high output drive, and

500 ns.

The input constant-fraction circuit uses a

from 0 V to –10 V without saturation; input

Two types of fast amplifiers are available

wideband amplifiers and timing filter amplifiers. Wideband amplifiers offer no control over the

USB Support, Windows 95 Rev B, 98, or 2000

USB Support, Windows 95 Rev B, 98, or 2000

WINDOW mode, the lower limit of the window

the trailing edge of the linear input pulse

WRDCNT The word count is a value from 0 to

Minimum data transfer time is 100 ns/word. HM413 on the GAI connector. The logic 1

Y Output Width Range Switch Sets either to

width of all three Y outputs is set by WIDTH

a high-level voltage output for control or

TIME CONSTANT 9-position switch selects

a semiconductor or scintillation detector,

PULSE AMPLITUDE Output peak adjustable

active supplies are also controlled by the

OUTPUT CURRENT RANGE Internally

addition, several functions not accessible

the Event counter, along with the

adjusted rapidly and precisely, to achieve

detectors for particle identification, with

allowing it to be configured for a variety

installable options, considerably

amplifier. A Test input accepts the output

Harshaw Model S288 and S332 Integral

analog pulses. For the latter application,

<+0.5 V when counting is inhibited.

and Differentiate (τd) time constants for

Impedance <1 Ω, dc-coupled.

and identical amplifiers in a single-width

Net 1 kg (2.2 lb).

and the Model 4002P Portable Power Supply.

k cathode

and their associated preamplifiers against

kV, and current from 0 to 10 μA.

anticoincidence, all outputs are inhibited

AMPLITUDE +5 V.

applications and is standard on all units.

ExT Selects the external reference source;

approximately 1 ms each time valid data is

and housing (AMP 1-87756-8 and AMP 5-

are provided for the application of a Gate

normally be used; connects the input amplifier

at 50% duty cycle. Zin = 1 k Ω to ground.

POWER REQUIRED +6 V, 1.6 A; +12 V,

automatic when the overload is eliminated.

germanium detectors. For added safety, an SHV female plugs; 12-ft length

available with a gain of 200, noninverting

with a 50- Ω load. Output impedance ≤1 Ω, ac- VT120A Fast-Timing Preamplifier (200 gain,

be used. Preset times from 0.01 to 990,000

Pushing the button advances the selection

below the 8-digit display indicates if the

a delay of <1 s to about 15 s following a

bias voltage to the detector. In addition,

demand, it turns on the overload light and

board jumper selects the operating mode of

eliminated.

button is pushed. To protect the detectors

scale for voltage from 0 to 100 V or from 0 to 1

button turns on the BUSY LED and initiates

2000 Ω for a coarse gain of 5, and 1460 Ω for high or active low by means of a printed circuit

can be adjusted to suit the amplitude of a

counting with the other timer. The Interval

coincidence mode of operation for the Stop

TAC conversions, for the duration of the reset

commands when the preset value is reached.

Shipping 1.4 kg (3.1 lb)

connector; maximum ±1000 V; SHV connector

2

contribution of an ORTEC Model 552 Single-

times of 10 to 650 ns and decay times of

cords on all standard ORTEC preamplifiers.

threshold (0 to 10 V) and the Window control

counters to zero counts and turns Off both

preset value. Upon reaching preset, the Model

coupled. This, together with the fact that

INPUT IMPEDANCE >1 kΩ, dc-coupled. WEIGHT

detectors employing TTL levels. The BYPASS

overload is automatic when the overload is

determining the correct bias voltage for a

The specifications apply to each of the four channels

directly coupled to a timing discriminator

CHARGE SENSITIVITY (Si equivalent)

discriminators are provided as test points

the Preset display function is activated, the

displayed counter. To eliminate accidental

module can be disabled by holding the

does not change the selected preset value.

This process takes ~50 μs. The computer

does not cross the UL threshold before the

negative logic signals. 583B Constant-Fraction Differential

dwell cycle begins. Using jumper W2 on the

INTERVAL Front-panel output BNC connector

each time the Advance button is depressed.

NIM-standard, slow-positive logic signals to

enable the operator to set the time period

320, and 640 ns and 1.28, 2.56, 5.12, and

example, it can be used for aligning fast-

Six slide switches, each with an Out position

external dwell time is 100 ns per channel.

channels, i.e., no counts are lost at the time of channel advance.

external input voltage of 0 to ±6.9 V dc.

INT Selects the internal reference source; the

flexibility. Counter channel 1 acts as the

value equals the preset value. The

for 1000 pF detectors. This timing output,

142B Nominally 10 mV/MeV.

for negative NIM output or plus 740 ns for

external source for the SCA output-signal

forced-air fan. Cooling air flows from the

at constant load, line voltage and ambient

from 0 to 50°C, using a NIM Class A power

from +20 mV to +10 V using the LOWER

from the last ADC is sent to the CLI input

CAMAC communication is occurring. readout controller will not produce the

from warmup sensors on germanium detectors

detector, and responds by turning off the

from ±10 to ±3000 V by application of an

voltage.

front panel. The outputs are short-circuit

0 to 50°C.

gain of 10 ; the typical output for a 511-

Power Supply. Preamplifier

gate controller for counter channels 1, 2,

complete command file of the Model

height analyzers. Its gain is continuously

gain, the shaping time constant, or the

histogramming singles spectra from several

and Fig. 1). Only one ADC on each ECL bus

ideal data acquisition hardware for a wide

Virginia 22161.

impedance is nominally 100 Ω. The ECL GAI

segments in bits 1 to 8. histogramming).

in photon counting, ion counting, or fast-

INPUT IMPEDANCE 50 Ω.

in which a TAC output is available only if

high count-rate performance.

includes a discriminator that operates the

BIPOLAR CROSSOVER WALK <±5 ns at

indications, outputs are provided for both

TIME CONSTANT 9-position switch selects

inputs to timing instruments, or as gating

DELAY adjustment, and the output duration is

interval from the accepted start until the

START-to-STOP CONVERSION TIME

is unusual for a preamplifier intended for

accepts negative-polarity analog signals in the

its readout, it sends a PASS signal to the

data acquisition simultaneously on all (CLR) after readout. Occasionally, all of

jumper (W3) located on the printed circuit

each time the counter overflows its 8-decade

load is 80 W and the input voltage is 100,

the integrated circuits that are commonly

logic functions to minimize external logic

CONSTANT-FRACTION RATIO 0.4.

lower-level discriminator. When the LL REF

maximum; width 0.2 to 10 μs; 1000-Ω input ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

mV, 1-V, or 10-V full-scale output for the

ORTEC Model 4001A/4002A NIM Bin/Power 10 MHz 0.05 0.15 0.5

master GATE signal for distribution to the

ECL DATA INPUT Front-panel, 17- by 2-pin

memory; 231–1 counts per channel (over 2

AMPLIFIER INPUTS Accepts positive

minimum input signal amplitude required to

set in the range from –0.5 mV to +2.0 mV. edge of the input signal crosses the UL

must be provided for the constant-fraction

Front-panel BNC connector accepts negative

must conform to the following format. Each

by 2-pin headers (3M 3452-6006 or AMP

negative or positive NIM standard signals.

Fall Time ≤50 ns.

nominal voltage. Input current at 120 V ac

supply voltage. The TEMP light turns off if power has

of a pulse generator to calibrate and test

Line Assemblies;

of the analyze/ readout cycle when none of

The WAK signal indicates completion of the

operation of the other output. An optional

Model 9307 pico-TIMING™ Discriminator

operation or into the DC Inhibit connector

impedance 650 Ω, dc-coupled; BNC connector

oscilloscope monitor test point is located

3.43 X 22.13 cm (1.35 X 8.714 in.) per

output bias voltage is turned on. This LED

sensors in cooled germanium detectors. When To order, specify:

output signals from being generated by the

NIM input signal levels for gating; dc-coupled;

output simultaneous with a 0.5-A, 115-V ac

this power supply must be capable of handling

output with 2-μs Gaussian shaping and the

of unipolar output pulse

output, or from Reset to trailing edge, is

to ∞. The ∞ setting provides bi-stable operation.

output. Dual fuse input uses 8-A SB U.S.A.

the large currents demanded by those loads.

outputs include a current foldback circuit

240 206–258

overload protection. Recovery is automatic

4 +12 V preamplifier power output connector and

panel. The overflow output for the counter

reached on the blind preset register. M and N selection between the two choices as

photomultiplier output pulse is integrated

Model 4002P Portable Power Supply. BNC male plugs; 12-ft length

position disables the BIAS SHUTDOWN input,

eliminated.

position slide switch accessible through a

inhibits counting. Driving source must be

positive NIM input signal levels >+2 V for

+12 V 100 100

potentiometer with locking, graduated dial

inside the module allows the gains of NORM

power supply. Under this thermal shut-down

manufacturers. Pin assignments are listed in

preamplifier, and from the preamplifier to

SMA and female BNC

preamplifiers. Positive NIM standard logic

connector (Amphenol 17-10090) provides

precision discriminator. Only those pulses

positive and negative inputs.

processing fast detector pulses. This low-

range of 0 to –200 mV. Input impedance: 50 Ω

provides the choice of either a triangular

reject signal for a multichannel analyzer

provides the user with maximum flexibility

CONTROLS

ranging from –50 mV to –5 V, and pulse

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE 0 to

reduced, so that the heat sink temperature

Power Fan-Out Cable. Using four of the Model 401-C3 MODULE EXTENDER CABLE

rejector is utilized, the triangular shape

limiter in series with the unipolar output

resistance for the detector output current

INPUT RMS NOISE EQUIVALENT C-25-1/2 RG-58A/U 50-Ω Cable with

resolving time. The shorter resolving time

60

ribbon cable (3M part number 3365/34) with

ADCs, and for controlling ECL data transfer. A

selected for monitoring on the 3-1/2-digit

The Model 710 contains four identical bias supplies

selection of the register whose counts are

width above threshold 20 ns. Zin = 1 kΩ to dc-coupled.

settings. Limited to 0.5 A on the 200- and

The 4002D Power Supply may be ordered

shaped signal. This greatly simplifies the

THRESHOLD INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY

signal paths is selected by a PWB jumper.)

Input Jumper.

signal to further enhance its versatility.

DELAY (μs) 20-turn screwdriver-adjustable

signal width is adjustable for a resolving

<±0.1%/°C.

signals that would be produced by leading-

against overloads; reflections ≤10% for input

specific source of logic pulses or used as

outputs on all ORTEC timers provide

standard fast negative input logic pulses.

derived from a 1-MHz crystal-controlled

suitable level for cable connection to the

OUTPUT CONNECTOR Rear-panel

supply 0 to –1-V pulse amplitudes into a

OPERABLE TEMPERATURE RANGE

switch selects either Internal or External

o

table) with one timer. Any one of the four

initiated after the end of the chosen dwell

temperature of the side-panel heat sink is

(Amphenol 17-10090) provide power for up to

that accept 50-Ω coaxial cable to set the

from being generated during the blocking

the TIMER position, the counter counts and

plugged in, it furnishes a rear-panel, 25-pin,

the bias supply senses an excessive output

operating mode of the BIAS SHUTDOWN Model Description

the front-panel Display Test switch, which

PERFORMANCE

the interval of a Start Gate input signal.

negative input position. after Stop to end of reset.

the rear-panel LL REF switch is in the INT

front panel per DOE/ER-0457T.

the shorter time constants on the FAST and

10 V range, using the analog output range 250 Hz 1.0 3.0 10.0

this preamplifier has a voltage gain of 10

C-25-12 RG-58A/U 50-Ω Cable with

threshold (0 to +10 V) and UL is disabled.

input, nominally +5 V, 500 ns wide, to cause The Model 551 is compatible with all ORTEC

timer. Considerable functional flexibility

contents of Counter A or B, even in a

timing techniques, particularly when it is

τ = 0.04, 0.1, or 0.25 μs (40, 100, or 250 ns).

to 10 and 90% fractions, the time interval

is riding can be swept through an energy

toggle switch selects Coincidence or Anti-

and maintains reset condition, inhibiting further

towards the rear. Each jumper controls the

utilizes ECL logic levels on the front-panel

tubes (PMTs). It is particularly suited to

systems. It also suppresses reflections by for energy measurements. For fast

turn trimpot. Zin = 1000 Ω to ground; dc-

displayed counter, and selecting the desired

updating Fast-NIM logic signals for inputs

or 5-ns delay settings.

variable delay, which are easily adjusted,

selects full scale time interval of 50, 100, or

variety of applications in pulse-amplitude

2The 920E also provides the ORTEC Dual-Port

whenever an SCA output pulse is generated.

(INT or NORMAL modes), or the upper limit of

wideband hybridized amplifier suitable for

dc-coupled.

width, updating Fast-NIM logic signals for

30, 40, or 50-ns delay settings.

widths. There is a single-width adjustment

THRESHOLD CONTROL (TH) 20-turn front-

will be a measure of the input signal fall

function of energy.

with the specified input voltage range for

Consequently, there are no hot external

with the stop signal or an external strobe

CONTROLS (Front Panel)

zero will permit observation of rates that

LOGARITHMIC RANGE One 5-decade range

• Input protected to ±1000 V (0.01 μF)

panel switch permit the selection of three 0 to 50°C.

• Internal or external reference voltage

broadening caused by hum and ripple of PULSE REPETITION RATE Either the ac

≤±0.005%/°C of full scale, 0 to 50°C.

INPUT Front-panel dc-coupled BNC

10-turn, locking dial determines the window

POWER REQUIRED +12 V at 75 mA, –12 V at

115-V and 220-V input modes. Output voltage

include a current foldback circuit to limit the NIM bin, using the model numbers shown

4 ns; input protected to ±25 V at 10% duty

through the rear panel connector are at 0.1-s

4096-channel segments, sixteen 2048-channel

in progress. Logic 1 –0.9 V –1.8 V

499498-9) spaced to match the configuration

ECL input or output, with the top 8 rows

<±0.1% of full-scale window width over the

the window (WINDOW modes).

<±0.3% over any 24-hour period at constant

assignments are listed in Table 2. Pins not

A variety of controls is provided, allowing

PERFORMANCE

All photomultiplier tube specifications are

High voltage, at the level recommended by the

Auto The BLR threshold is automatically set

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

BG Selects the Bin Gate line (pin 36 of the

–6 V –12 V

BIAS Accepts detector bias from bias supply

142B +24 V, 40 mA; –24 V, 10 mA; capacitance is greater than 400 pF. Example:

Because of the versatility of its amplitude

identical characteristics except for opposite

Changing the input connector to the counter

Net 2.4 kg (5.2 lb).

Crosstalk 50-DB isolation between channels.

Weight Net 0.9 kg (2 lb), Shipping 2.25 kg (5 lb)

DISPLAY Push-button selects the contents of

GATE A Rear-panel BNC input connector is

DWELL A one-turn potentiometer on the front

coupled. time base. In the Remote mode, the computer

FOCUS The voltage to the focus electrode in

or related accessories, use the following model

GATE A single LED indicates that the entire

Recycle mode, dwell time occurs after the –1800 mV pulses with a fixed discriminator

GATE Front-panel BNC connector for optional

accepted.

IN A Use of this input is affected by the A

male, D connector containing all signals for

INT/NORM/WIN Front-panel 3-position locking

LL REF Rear-panel 2-position locking toggle

Integral Nonlinearity <±0.02%, 0 to +10 V.

276L Low-Power Photomultiplier Base

LEMO connector provides a pulse signal with

CF8000 Octal Constant-Fraction

Model HM413 is enabled to process data from

each pair of ECL signal lines. The CLI, GAI,

Output voltage is nominally 115 V ac in the

a heat sink temperature of 95°C. All dc outputs ordered separately or in combination with a

Plastic front bezel and guide-rail inserts.

LONG-TERM STABILITY DC output CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

RESET Pressing this front-panel push-button

overload is automatic when the overload is

SHAPING TIME 6-position switch selects time

DOE/ER-0457T.

SRT (Slow Rise Time) Reject Inhibits output

saturation; 50 Ω, direct-coupled; input protected

STOP This push-button stops all sections of

>+3 V or open circuit allows counting; <+1.5 V

Temperature Instability <±0.005%/°C, 0 to

with Preamplifier

The constant-fraction attenuation factor is

Shipping 1.85 kg (4.1 lb).

The screwdriver-adjusted value is effective

initiates the protection against distortions

Ultra-fast circuits are incorporated in the

SENSITIVITY <±10 ps/°C (0 to 50°C).

Unipolar Output <±0.005%/°C for gain, and

germanium detector, 4-V amplitude for the for maximum common mode noise rejection in

V maximum; threshold set at +1.5 V; minimum

on the front panel. For 0.1 SEC or MIN

a pulse generator to calibrate and test the

listed.

allows the operator to select an individual

HM413 CAMAC FERAbus

amplitude for the 1.33-MeV gamma ray on the

adjusting PZ cancellation. AUTO position

amplitude proportional to the number of "B"

Discriminator

analysis. The preamplifier is dc-coupled to

other 10-stage tubes not listed in Table 1

and Differentiation time constant settings.

863 Quad Timing Filter Amplifier

and G positions, the module performs the OR

Input Impedance 50 Ω.

and display the events from the front-panel

communications. The field-installable RS-232-

anticoincidence circuit is set by the width

85 mA.

applications. The rise time on all versions

BANDWIDTH 10 to 350 MHz.

automatic adjustment of the PZ cancellation

coarse gains ≥10. Input dc-coupled; protected board jumper. Output impedance is 50 Ω.

between counting intervals that can be Note

All outputs are through rear-panel BNC

bipolar outputs recover to within 2% of the

time constants from 40 μs to ∞.

board permits independent selection of NIM-

Shipping 3.7 kg (8.2 lb).

broadening for counting rates up to 200,000

3, 6, and 10 μs for the pulse-shaping filter the PZ adjustment on the more sensitive

circuit proof; full-scale range 0 to +10 V;

673 Spectroscopy Amplifier and

circuit. BUSY LED turns off when adjustment

to ±25 V. Used with an associated ADC or multichannel

coincidence mode of operation for the Start

Amplitude Nominally +5 V. Complement

conjunction with an ORTEC Model 552 Single-

from 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 6, and 10 μs. input signal due to pile-up.

connector; Amphenol 17-10090 or equivalent,

between 0 to 1 V or 0 to 10 V.

correct polarity can be verified before the

against overload. When the bias supply

coupled, edge-triggered, and printed wiring

prompt with Strobe input in Ext Strobe mode.

detection of a nuclear particle reaction in

PERFORMANCE

detectors in a variety of applications. The

width equal to 3.3τ, and pulse width at 0.1%

digitizing rate from 0 to 10 kHz to provide

coulomb/pulse range limited to 1 kHz).

direct-reading gain factor of X0.5 to X1.5.

POWER REQUIRED +12 V, 60 mA; –12 V, 30

essentially all nuclear instrumentation. It

pulse width equal to the adjusted Delay;

excellent operational reliability at a very

portion as a counter.

external voltage stabilization for the last

inserted between the anode output and

for accurate resettability of the resolving

its power from a standard NIM bin/power

frequency up to 100 kHz for the dc outputs.

POWER Connector on the Model 4002P.

from 0 to ±100 V or from 0 to ±1 kV, with

indicate that the vacuum shutdown has

front panel per IEEE/583-1982 (Reaff 1988).

FERAbus™ is a trademark of the LeCroy

further aid to accurate reading of the rate

scale range and either linear or logarithmic

fuses when operated in the 100- or 115-V ac

warning light on the NIM bin control panel to Ordering Information

hour period at constant ambient temperature

WEIGHT 13.6 kg (30 lb) net weight, 18.1 kg

impedance. For internal strobe, the outputs

ORTEC's timing and counting equipment.

in digital voltmeter for setting the lower-

DIGITAL VOLTMETER Channel Front-panel

incorporates a built-in SCA inhibit feature

multichannel analyzer (MCA) for optimum

increments the value of M, indicated in the

GATE Rear-panel BNC accepts NIM-standard Ω, dc-coupled.

indicate the polarity of the output voltage

SENSITIVITY <30 ppm/°C for 0 to 50°C.

indicator lights to turn off. Recovery from

of Electrical Equipment, standard number 22.

individual ADC within the module having the

used in the Monitor mode. In either mode,

information is not used by the Model HM413.

mode, and installed for the Readout Control ADCs to wait for a common Clear (CLR)

inputs. Both amplifiers invert the signals.

Inputs A1, A2, B1, and B2 on front panel,

its power from a NIM bin/power supply, such

should be substituted for the Model 9306.

level from the selected Gate Input inhibits

G– Jumper Position Accepts fast negative

logic "false" signal from the selected Gate

OUTPUTS

make it useful for other applications, such

position, the passband is 1 kHz to 35 MHz.

maximum for bleeder network. SHV connector.

570, 572A, or 575A.

mode switch on the rear panel is in the EXT

impedance.

mode. The input signal, exceeding threshold

Impedance Z <10 Ω.

must be pressed after turning the HV ON/OFF

the adjusted output voltage in the 0 to 5-kV

option is field-installable and derives its

provides a NIM-standard, slow-positive logic

other preamplifiers utilizing the industry-

SMA cables and adapters.

output is also short-circuit protected. Any

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

overloaded pulse widths using maximum gain.

UNI SHAPING Two-position locking toggle

pass count for the spectrum currently being

button enables use of the fast

positive NIM output. Minimum resolving time

strobe function. The automatic reset time is

positive lobe will be counted. The positive

in a 25, 50, 100 step sequence.

potentiometer, continuously adjustable from

CLIP Two front-panel BNC connectors to

power supply. The required power is +6 V at

Model Description

preamplifiers, use manual PZ adjustment set

output, and generating PUR (reject) and BUSY

proof; prompt full-scale linear range, 0 to

width (0 to 10 V or 0 to 1 V as selected by an

provide will be a controlled delay for each

OUTPUTS DIMENSIONS Single-width NIM module

pulse widths plus Delay (as selected by the

STROBE Rear-panel 2-position locking toggle

rear-panel BNC connector accepts the lower-

Shipping 2.25 kg (5.0 lb).

rear-panel INPUT connectors function as the

for 0–40%, yellow for 40–70%, and red for

registers for both counting portions of the

through <10 Ω, dc-coupled.

repeatedly pressing the DISPLAY push-button

trimpot to adjust the positive input threshold for

requires the construction of a 34-conductor

synchronizing data acquistion among multiple mode.

segments, four 8192-channel segments, eight

that a CAMAC read or write communication is

simplify pole-zero cancellation in the main

(see Fig. 1). Compatibility may be

size of the preamplifiers is of significant

93-Ω load)

specifications are measured on the unipolar

output pulse

specified by the segment assignments in the

kΩ input impedance). The LEMO GAI input is Write Strobe (WST) signal. Bits are

stripline sections. No power is required to

IMPEDANCE MISMATCH REFLECTION

switch in the FAST position. When the meter

output current is 10 mA.

the computer is able to respond with a data

counting is disabled. Zo ~30 Ω.

the flexibility of the positive input mode,

also turns Off the Gate LED. Open circuit INDICATORS

the rear-panel LL Ref mode switch is set on

connector accepts positive unipolar or bipolar threshold.

tiometer sets the threshold from –5 mV to

Zin = 50 Ω; reflections ≤±5% for tr ≤2 ns.

to simulate the collection time constant in

TEMPERATURE INSTABILITY <±0.005%/°C

tolerable limits. Recovery from overload is

the warmup sensor output on ORTEC C-36-12 RG-59A/U 75- Ω Cable with two

typically <0.024% for a 60Co 1.33-MeV gamma

17-10090, mates with captive and noncaptive

upper-level reading. The digital volt-meter

indicates the selected threshold.Inaccuracy

via the front panel are accessible with the

contents of each of the four 100-MHz

voltage terminator allows the voltage pulse

both outputs within a total range; the range is

width (0 to +1 V) in the Window mode or the

biasing (an input of 0 to –10 V on this

without the need for special keys or tools.

Also included are Fused Input and Input Line

–5 V. Each input has a separate threshold

TRANSMISSION DELAY

• Warning LED for fault or dummy USB port

• Warning LED for fault or dummy USB port

• ≤≤20 μV rms equivalent input noise

OUTPUT RANGE 0 to –5 V with 50-Ω load.

(+) inputs for the Readout Control mode. The

requires the construction of a 16-conductor

1 to 75,000 counts/s (Unipolar Output, 2-μs

±100 mV.

1.33-MeV line under conditions specified for

mounted on the printed circuit board selects PUR ACCEPT/REJECT LED Multicolor LED

100, 200, 500, and 1k. Jumper on the printed

Net 1.5 kg (3.3 lb).

1000 Ω on a coarse gain of 5, and 465 Ω at

Outputs are dc-restored to 0 ±5 mV and at 325 mA, and –12 V at 180 mA.

15, which defines the number of data records

The 100-Ω termination resistor (R7) on the state enables acceptance of analog inputs

2% of rated output from X300 overload in 2.5

that the input pulse exceeds the baseline

220-V ac settings when the dc load is 160 W.

separately or in combination with a NIM bin,

47–63 Hz, 70 W nominally at maximum output

Model Description

5-A SB metric fuses for 200 and 220 V ac, 50

range. Resettability <±0.05% of the supply

AMP Front-panel BNC, Zo <1 Ω. Short-circuit

front panel for adjustment of analyzer window

All four inputs listed below are dc-coupled,

end of reset.

Amplifier, single delay-line mode, integrate

as selected by the front-panel controls.

BN, BN-1 The value of N is determined by the

The Model HM413 recognizes the REQ

BNC connectors provide two independent, fast

The Model 9306 1-GHz Preamplifier is Cable with SMA Connectors,

Band Width DC to 250 MHz with ±25 mV input,

Model Description

Control Bus. The ECL CLI input is OR'ed with

increments the address by one on the ECL Data Bus continues,

Counter A accepts positive unipolar signals;

communications. The field-installable RS-232-

Gain of either 1 or 5. The output will drive

Specifications

Gated A "true" logic level from the selected

G+ Jumper Position Accepts slow positive

INPUT switch setting, the input impedance is

or 93 Ω using a printed circuit board jumper. is +24 V at 100 mA, –24 V at 200 mA, +12 V

INT Front-panel 7-position switch selects an

OUTPUTS

In addition to its fast rise time of 1.5 ns,

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE Typically 50 Ω.

LED. The Select push-button operates only if

displays the events from In B. In the Timer clock with a 100-ns resolution. A level >+3 V

Lower-Level Reference switch is on EXT, this

Net 1.3 kg (3.0 lb).

MED switch positions to significantly reduce

jumper. A calibration adjustment of ±10% of

Normal mode. This control is disabled in the

for the lower-level discriminator setting). Input DIMENSIONS NIM-standard single-width

OUTPUT. POS is on for positive, or NEG is on

HV OUTPUT (1 per channel) Rear-panel,

Positive Input Front-panel BNC connector for

contains connections for 20-mA current loop

RESET Push-button switch resets the internal

preset interval; nominally +5 V, 5 μs wide,

RESOLVING TIME (2ττ) Continuously variable

Model Description

SHAPING TIME. Zero cross-over of the bipolar

Common mode rejection ratio >1000. INPUT and a cable having its center conductor

TTL Outputs Two sets of four outputs provide

Weight Net 0.9 kg (2 lb), Shipping 2.25 kg (5 lb).

Threshold Automatically set just above noise

accommodates either + or – input polarities,

Threshold is adjustable from +100 mV to +9.5

POWER REQUIREMENTS TABLE

WALK Bipolar zero cross-over walk is <±3 ns

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS of the PZ cancellation. The adjust-ment covers

X5, X10, X25, X50, and X100, respectively. A

INPUT Front-panel BNC accepts input signals

a thermal switch automatically turns off the

power cables of most other NIM

a tolerable limit. Recovery from overload is

detector bias voltage in order to protect the

accumulated in the blind preset counter, but

counters, and starts the next counting interval.

an external reference voltage to control the

clip and should be used to properly terminate

and <1% on the SLOW setting. See Table 1 for

connector provides an output voltage

and applies it to detector through the INPUT

+12 V, 15 mA; –12 V, 15 mA.

and displayed by the counter. With W3 in the

of +5 V; width ~20 μs.

and other modules utilizing the ECL Data Bus

accommodates the ECL Control Bus for SIGNAL SWITCH for the Readout Control

and upper level are independently adjustable

SCA OUT Front- and rear-panel BNC

applications requiring fast timing or single

providing back-termination for the anode scintillator applications, the anode signal

applications. This particular type of output

GAIN RANGE 7-position Coarse Gain

at 0.1% level equal to 2.9 times the peaking

100,000 counts/s at the unipolar output, 2-μs and rear-panel connector with Zo = 93 Ω, short

be above +3 V, and the preset stop condition

disabled when the print loop controller is

board determines the information accumulated

capacity. The signal has a nominal amplitude

board jumper, W1, allows selection of a 100-

supplying ±12 V and ±24 V, such as the 5 MHz 0.07 0.2 0.7

channel analyzer (SCA). The Lower-Level (LL)

with Scintillators and Photomultiplier Tubes.

choices is made when this switch is pressed.

reset both counting sections and the time base

control that typically gives results as good

RESTORER Gated active baseline restorer

cross the discriminator threshold before the

when using the –12 V position. However, this ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

current demanded by the external load. Under

input for compatibility with the warmup sensor

definition, gate operation, Y output trigger

Minimum Amplitude –600 mV. mA; –6 V, 1000 mA.

delay of the external cable. In the LE Mode,

in

direct-reading gain factor of X2.5 to X12.5.

linear pulses from, and furnishes power to

discriminator level to identify input pulses

shaping, both for gain ≥100.

dynode, capacitively-coupled, high impedance

C-25-12 RG-58A/U 50-Ω Cable with two BNC male plugs, 12-ft length

either positive or negative output polarity.

JUMPER.

electron multipliers, silicon detectors, and

RISE TIME ≤1 ns. ORTEC NIM-standard modules.

equivalent of ε = 3.6 eV at τ = 2 μs, are

POWER REQUIRED +24 V, 30 mA; –24 V, 10

event. CLI is normally derived from the PASS

segment block while reading a

for decay time constants from 25 μs to ∞.

reduced by factor of 2 when using cable clip.

from +100 mV to +9.5 V via a front-panel 25-

Remote, setting the preset value, selecting the

high gain capabilities of the Model 474 NOTE

With Differentiate and Integrate in the Out

impedance is 2000 Ω for a coarse gain of 5,

signals exceed the positive or negative

includes turning off the baseline restorers,

standard logic pulse when pulse pile-up is

initiates the protection against distortions

PUR Pile-Up Reject output is a rear-panel,

instrument is enabled to count. For the Gate

preset value has been reached. Turning the threshold of –250 mV. Zin = 50 Ω; dc-coupled.

interval (0.5–5 μs) after the peak of the

centroid of a pulser spectrum at 85% of full

interval ends. In the 1 CYCLE mode the Model

WEIGHT

is adjustable from +20 mV to +10 V using the

crosses the lower-level threshold. See

is nominally 100 V ac in the 100-V and 200-V

output current to nominally 120% of the rated below.

is not used to determine the timing response

permit observation of the constant-fraction

is pressed. N can be any digit, 0 through 7.

COUNT Rear-panel BNC accepts NIM-

is required in the Readout Control mode with

must be loaded by the F(17)·A(3)

leading edge of the gate clears the counter.

• Changing the external clock frequency.

lights are turned off. Recovery from thermal

can be expanded to four output connectors by

line at 85% of full scale measured from 1 to

power cords on all ORTEC pre-amplifiers.

minute period. Regulation <±0.3% for ±12 V

MAX Power Supply

monitoring the negative overload recovery at

detected. Output also present for a pulsed

negative inputs, 25 MHz for positive inputs.

using an oscilloscope. contains connections for 20-mA current loop

nominally +5 V; 500 ns wide; ≤10-Ω output

output range. The outputs are compatible with

non-inverting amplifier with a gain of 1, 2,

on front panel; BNC connectors.

ns after the constant-fraction zero-crossing

WALK MONITOR Front-panel test point,

of its output signal. Therefore it is useful

potentiometer for continuously variable gain

of the Gate Inputs. (One of three Gate Input

input signals accepted according to PWB Gate 584 Constant-Fraction Discriminator

of zero through full load and input voltages

connector on the rear of NIM modules, per

off the output voltage. The shutdown mode is

supply to shut down.

output for either timing or auxiliary energy

The Model 276 is also compatible with

output impedance; binding post connectors on

Model Description

output signal from the TAC in the Ext Strobe

after Stop to end of reset.

over a 6-month period at constant load, line

provide very high currents to NIM modules that

panel input (POS IN, NEG IN). With W3 set to

SERIAL When the RS-232-C option board is

panel, 10-turn, precision potentiometer with

a detector failure or a vacuum failure in the

placed in the Count mode (either manually or

Counter B.

portion of the front panel permits alternate

EXT; threshold set at +1.5 V; minimum pulse Nominally +5 V, 500 ns wide, through <10 Ω,

position slide switch selects logic function

signals. power supply. The required power is +6 V, 200

positive NIM output signal in the range from

+24 V 0 0

positive NIM-standard outputs for channel B,

amplifiers having a 0 to 10-V positive linear

potentiometer provides a ±10% adjustment of

WEIGHT

preset the Model 996 latches its data into a

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

preset value. The "M" preset value [preset =

accepts NIM-standard positive logic signal to

provides an external means to strobe a valid

Time and Width From end of internal delay

providing the Enable input is not held below

reached.

push-button operates only if the Preset mode

the Normal position, the signals from the rear- inhibits counting; input protected to +25 V. The

radiation detectors. It is particularly well

a wide range of input amplitudes, making

readout at the REN input on the first ADC in

F(1)·A(0) Reads the Configuration generation of an REQ signal by

register to zero; >+3 V to reset; <+1.5 V or

To order, specify:

restoration rate as the counting rate rises.

To order, specify:

segment for readout by loading the number of

Histogramming Memory

segment, and ending with 5 kV to turn on the

button. The Model 660 is shipped with this WEIGHT

signal to inhibit the digitized output. This

to the front- and rear-panel SHV input

source of output through the rear-panel Time

RESET Rear-panel BNC accepts NIM-

stability allows application in systems that

dc-coupled; impedance 50 Ω.

tapped to provide proportional bias steps to

DIMENSIONS 5.6 cm (2.2 in.) diam x 10.2 cm

temperature exceeds the 95°C maximum limit,

preamplifiers. Compatible with preamplifier

the Model VT120 Fast-Timing Preamplifier, or

ordering information for the appropriate BNC and female SMA

the SCA window. In the Out position, the SCA

POWER REQUIRED +24 V, 95 mA; +12 V,

the Singles mode, or all ADCs in the Monitor

number of segments selected) to

the Timer portion of the front panel permits

initiate a counting condition; >+3 V for >100 ns

the front of the module; the TTL position is

FERAbus communication with the ADCs

the lower-level threshold, but do not exceed

and 500-ns width. Output impedance <15 Ω.

the shutdown mode has been activated to turn

SHUTDOWN input will also cause the

the user may either connect a piece of 50-Ω

(mA) (mA)

through 4 select the counting channels whose

during inhibit.

timing applications. Notice that analysis is

pulse width plus Delay (as selected by the

to the Coincidence mode. CLI is not required

memory. Load segment 1

toggle switch selects one of three operating

switch (INT/EXT) selects either the front-panel

true rms voltmeter. Wideband (200 MHz) noise

the noise peak. Front-panel LED indicates an Net 1.5 kg (3.3 lb).

voltages are <±0.1% over the combined range

connector compatible with the power

whenever the bin power is turned off and on.

produce the full output voltage. A source

width (0 to 1 V) in the WINDOW modes, or the

35 mA.

wiring board (PWB) selects X0.1 attenuation.

Shipping 3.1 kg (7.0 lb).

with 1-mA full scale; dc-coupled with 10-kΩ

To order, specify:

with the protection circuit in place; better

pulse polarity (output

±0.1%) for ±6 V over the combined range of

Supply (with ±6/±12/±24 V)

τi = τD = 200 ns, measured with an HP3400A

quickly adjust the BLR threshold setting near WEIGHT

–9.99 V on this connector corresponds to a

850 Quad Single-Channel Analyzer

• Output drives to ±5 V on a 50-ΩΩ load

photomultiplier tubes. The Model 579 is

≥10 ns prior to the Start input signal and

o

(M X 10N) time base] is incremented each time

control counter input gate for all counting

(reject) and BUSY signals for the duration of

overload recovery. Output pulse is selectable

0.01-second intervals. With either a 0.01-Sec

the clock during dead-time intervals.

0–5 kV Front-panel, 5-turn, direct-reading,

output.

4.75 μs. All signals, of either polarity and

–0.013%/°C should be expected for each μs of

50 Ω. Minimum pulse width above threshold is

module 6.90 X 22.13 cm (2.70 X 8.714 in.)

ADCs (Fig. 1b). Data acquisition can be gated

should have the pull-down and termination

CLI Front-panel 1- by 2-pin connector accepts

Q-Stop mode. Reads the 24-bit

Delay plus 200 ns on 1.1-μs range, 300 ns on

85 mA.

Displayed arrow buttons permit scale changes.

conventional MCS scan. A

INT/EXT LL REF switch is in the EXT position.

Model Description

Int, determines the threshold setting for the

signal, 0 to +10 V linear range, ±100 V

NOISE Equivalent input noise <5.0 μV rms for

detector and preamplifier noise characteristics. BAL (Differential Input Gain Balance) A 20-

The M and N digit ranges are both 0 to 9. The

GATE A (LIVE TIME/NORMAL) JUMPER control the counting in Counter B. A level

The range is from +100 mV to +9.5 V. Adjacent

plugged in, it furnishes a rear-panel, 25-pin,

This ensures that the full –50 mV to –5 V

PERFORMANCE

Two normal independent, one complementary NIM

out

X500 can be obtained. (Gain reduced by factor

X5 attenuator. Maximum dc voltage ±35 V.

above threshold is 20 ns at a 50% duty cycle.

661 Ratemeter

adjustment is held until the button is pushed

pulses.

adjustment using a screwdriver potentiometer.

processed through an ORTEC Model 113

amplifier such as Model 672 and time constant

POWER REQUIRED For preamplifier, +24 V, T50 50-Ω Terminator, BNC

amplifier. A Test input accepts the output of

determined by comparison with those

amplitude of Gaussian unipolar output by 0.33

an impedance matching resistor is connected

an 8-pin DIP switch on the RS-232-C interface

interval. The level is nominally +5 V when

and Ext to determine the time base source for

1 CYCLE/RECYCLE Selection of either the 1 INTERVAL Front-panel output BNC connector

are made within a 1-minute period. Regulation

401-C3, to power a single NIM module. Pin

baseline stabilizer, with automatic threshold

PULSE-PAIR RESOLVING TIME Minimum

coarse gain settings ≥10. For the POS INPUT

short-circuit protected.

connection when operating in the differential

Output impedance is 50 Ω.

connectors accept either positive or negative

LOWER LEVEL Front-panel 10-turn

connectors provide bipolar shaped pulses with

672 Spectroscopy Amplifier

connectors provide positive, unipolar, shaped

module, 6.90 X 22.13 cm (2.70 X 8.714 in.)

constant-fraction zero-crossing time does not

position permits using the discriminator in bins

continuously variable voltage gain of X0.9 to

of either polarity. ±1.0 V ac or ±5.0 V ac with

counter capacity, even in dimly lighted rooms

on the front panel. These outputs can be

counting condition for the entire instrument,

for further commands when the preset value is

counting insert a fast amplifier, such as the

d1 – d14 dynodes 1 to 14

dial determines the threshold setting (+20 mV

wired to the INPUT connector through a 470-Ω DIMENSIONS NIM-standard single-width

differential input mode with the slide switch

Short-circuit protected.

digit selected by the Select push-button once

GATE B Rear-panel BNC connector accepts

direct reading, continuous adjustment of Fine

INSTABILITY ≤±0.01%/°C of full scale

due to the fast rise time and fall time of 50

1; <±2.5 ns for 100:1. Crossover shifts

enabled, Section 7 selects either odd or even

V; minimum pulse width is 100 ns; Zin = 6 k Ω

extends time range by a multiplying factor of

in the negative position and +2 V in the Fall Time ~250 ns.

for any input voltage change within the rated

for 220 or 240 V ac.

for timing. This output is generated using an

1. Find the depletion depth of your detector. If

front-panel Delay potentiometer), plus 200 ns

switch (INT/EXT) selects either internal or

full-scale range, 50% of reference level with

furnished for this type of test.

gains >100, and <4.5 μV rms for gains >1000.

Pulse Pair Resolution Typically 500 ns. turn potentiometer mounted on the PC board

has been selected by the Display push-button.

panel Gate A connector gate the events from driving source must be capable of sinking

histogram ADCs in their sequentially assigned

Bus. If a CLR signal is not detected within When an ADC has data ready for transfer

ignored. With switches set to the A, B, C, D,

Minimum Width 3 ns.

in manual PZ mode, or <6.0 μV for gains >100

BAL (Differential Input Gain Balance) A 20-

input attached to the adjacent coaxial cable.

CONTROL and DATA connectors. All pull-

inputs. A signal >+3 V or open circuit allows

C-80 Male-to-female RS-232-C extension

inverting transformer that differentiates the

it is an ORTEC detector, the last group of 2 to

locking potentiometer with 500 dial divisions

supply to shut down.

must arrive at least 10 ns after the data are

Control mode. The GATE output is an ECL

nominally 10 μs or 100 μs after an accepted

OUTPUTS

of the positive input discriminator threshold

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

output current to nominally 120% of the rated

Model Description

output current to nominally 150% of the rated

2 Ground 4002P-C1 PREAMP POWER FAN-OUT

over a 6-month period at constant load, input

voltages delivered to the rear-panel

packs provide 100- Ω input impedances on the

between ADC modules and the Model HM413

parity mode. Section 8 selects whether one or

to ground, dc-coupled.

point, and Y output width adjustment range as

Minimum Width 3 ns.

polished nickel plating, offer a low friction

CONTROL PANEL A control panel with

potentiometer adjustable from 0 to 10 V; when

impedance. Rear-panel ac-coupled BNC as leading edge of linear input crosses the UL

potentiometer permits adjustment of output dc

+5 V nominal through Zo < 10 Ω through all

potentiometer provides screwdriver adjustment

500 kHz 0.22 0.7 2.0

potentiometer varies the delay of the TAC and

strobe a valid output signal from the TAC in the signal.

produce an output pulse. The UL discriminator

CF MONITOR Front-panel BNC connector to threshold.

pulse. In the Diff Mode, an input signal that

provide simultaneous NIM-standard fast

rates up to 200,000 counts/s. Measured on the

NORM/DIFF Two-position slide switch frequency interference.

ray line from a 60Co radioactive source under

BLR A front-panel, three-position, locking,

same normal input for the preamplifier signal

>70% rejection.

segments in each of the 10 digital characters

V, 500 ns wide, through <10 Ω, dc-coupled.

select the internal time base of 0.1 Sec or 1

C-75 Female-to-female RS-232-C null

set to DIFF, the rear-panel INPUT is used for

To order, specify:

settings, the input impedance is 1000 Ω on a

671 Spectroscopy Amplifier

signal. This initiates a readout cycle, which

Bus. After a 35-ns delay, the Model HM413

standard fuses for 100 or 115 V ac, 60 Hz and

VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT ±2% minimum

supply voltage. Resettability <±0.05% of the

AC POWER connector. The primary voltage

switch is set at Ext; maximum, ±20 V; output

preamplifier when the output pulses are being

that the Model 995 is under computer control,

entire module. A level of >+3 V or open circuit

the 0–5 kV output. Each segment corresponds

detectors employing TTL levels. The BYPASS

the button advances the selection through the

jumper located on the PWB. In the Counter to the Live Time position, the Gate A input also

three choices as indicated by the illuminated

position, Counter B always counts and controls the 10-MHz clock to form a live-time

time base is selected, the counter will count

contains connections for 20-mA current loop

turn on if a shutdown condition is present at

protects the output against demands for

uses the VSN to identify the ADC data it must

HM413. When an ADC has data ready for the Model HM413 serves as an ECL output

voltages of 100 or 200 V ac. Input current at

provide high currents to NIM modules that

voltages of 115 or 220 V ac. Changing pins on

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE <0.3 Ω at any

with graduated dial for continuously variable

The ORTEC Model 575A Amplifier accepts

Ω, dc-coupled; linear maximum, 2 V; absolute

the lower-level discriminator. When the LL Ref

σ = Qi (Qi / qi) [1 + (qi / n1) ∑ σ / n1]

(10)

–250 mV; minimum pulse width over threshold

reached. For the EXT selection, the signals

• Plug-and-play compliant and hot-swappable

CONNECTORS

**Using an ORTEC Model 572 Amplifier, unipolar

WALK ADJ Two front-panel screwdriver linear input. At the end of this period, the

11100VVVVVVVVVVVV, where V is the VSN from the

0 = Employs the entire 1-M memory to histogram data from

An external slide switch selects nominal input

DIMENSIONS 43.2 cm (17.0 in.) wide,

Clear Displayed button clears the data and the

Use Disc Input Displayed

DC Level <±50 μV/°C referred to the output;

dead time of typically 400 ns in high position

HIGH rate position is provided for suppressing

Model Description

Hale method or ZDT Live-Time corrections which

must occur prior to peak detect. Zin = 1 kΩ. BNC

However, this position allows the Model 566 to

VAL ST Rear-panel BNC connector provides

INPUT Locking toggle switch selects either Pos

o

Internal, printed circuit board jumper selects

selected by the VOLTAGE CONTROL

Jumper select B to C and A to F will pass with

579 Fast-Filter Amplifier

Semiconductor Photon Detectors [Ge and Si(Li)]

659 0 to ±5 kV and 0 to ±500 V, 100 μA

accept 50-Ω coaxial cable to set the required

in

adjacent test point furnishes the adjusted and

419 Precision Pulse Generator

adjusts the output voltages simultaneously for

TTL Mode A source supplying >+2 V or an

an accepted Stop input signal; operable in the

threshold within the Ext Strobe Reset interval signal selectable by PWB jumper.

and decay times from 30 μs to ∞; Zin = 1000

on INT, determines the threshold setting for

and deliver 2 to 17 data words during readout.

of modules. The logic signals in the ECL

and ±24 V, and <±0.6% for ±6 V over any 24-

(with ±6/±12/±24 V)

by 2-inch Nal(TI) crystal and PMT gain of 106;

is installed).

computer control, and all front-panel controls

separately select the desired input polarities

connector accepts positive unipolar or bipolar

UL OUT Rear-panel BNC connector provides

constant-fraction shaping delay for the CF and

Logic Current Switch*

counterclockwise position. Adjusts the display

Jumper position on the counter board permits readout includes: A and B counts, the preset

counterclockwise setting for Off. Off inhibits

Model Description

counting at the end of a counting interval and

pulses to control the counting condition of the Model Description

directly to the full-scale range of the front-

same full-scale span is effective above the

discriminator threshold from 0.05 V to 10.05 V

START GATE Provides an external means of

discriminator. A set of Output signals already

Z = 50 Ω.

displays the contents of the counter until the

entire module. A level of >+3 V or open circuit

dwell time over the nominal range from 1 to 10

selection of the NIM-standard fast-negative value, and which counter is being displayed.

either dc- or ac-coupled input. For dc-coupled

10-V positive, linear output range.

enabled using jumper W1 on the printed circuit

preset value. A level of <+1.5 V inhibits

energy output. Its rise time ranges from <5 ns

4 digits is the depth in μm.

exceeds threshold. Factory-set in the negative

50 mA; –12 V, 405 mA.

feedback resistors for gain factors of 20, 50,

WEIGHT

for the same load and input ranges after a 60-

(40 lb) shipping weight.

input (normally from a semiconductor detector)

142A +24 V, 20 mA; –24 V, 10 mA;

installed for operation in the Readout Control

REGISTERS

instrument and for the time base register, and

END OF DWELL Provides a NIM-standard

internally set at 0.2. An external 50-Ω cable

INPUT

level on fast amplifier signal. Independent of

and selects the differential (DIFF) or normal

locking potentiometer sets the SCA lower level

Impedance Z ≤10 Ω.

monitor that displays the full amplitude range

amplitude. Simultaneously, the

monitors the threshold voltage of the positive

25 kHz 1.0 3.0 10.0

of modules. Two removable termination resistor

forming the ECL Control Bus. Interconnection

old variable from +100 mV to +9.5 V with a 25-

located on the printed wiring board (PWB) C option provides computer control of the

operates in the constant-fraction timing mode.

to ≥1000 ns. Net 0.85 kg (1.9 lb).

or 572 Amplifier, unipolar output with 0.5-μs

500 ns wide; ≤10-Ω output impedance. Output

output voltage in kV ±10 V or load current in

To order, specify:

overflow indicators. It also clears any counts

994 latches its data into a buffer, resets the

portion of the instrument and selection of the

Zin

potentiometer to adjust pole-zero cancellation

is 2X the cable propagation delay. Gain is

provides the Readout ECL output for initiating

CLR outputs. Enables the

pulse width above threshold 20 ns. Zin = 1 kΩ

selections, the signals through the connector

range, or for a change of load current from 10

DIMENSIONS 21.5 cm (8.4 in.) wide, 26 cm

range. Range typically ±1 V about the nominal

and the primary fuse are incorporated into the

referred to the input, using 2-μs shaping and

direct-reading gain factor of X0.5 to X1.5. <10 Ω provides a nominally +5 V, 300 ns logic

scale), selectable via a circuit board jumper.

amplifier INPUT permits input range selection for 0 to –30 mV or

screwdriver adjustment of the PZ cancellation.

printed circuit board jumper. INHIBIT input preamplifiers.

selects the ratemeter response time. The three

Response Settings.

significantly shorter response time than would

50 kHz 0.7 2.0 7.0

special circuit permits using the advantage of

selectable for a 0 to 100 mV, 0 to 1 V, or 0 to

supply in a 14-pin PMT base for 10-stage PMTs.

1.6 x 10

supplying ±6 V. The power required is +6 V at

Station Number (VSN) included in the header

switch accessible through a cutout in the left

nishes a positive level during the counting

switch to the ON position, in order to turn on

range through an output impedance of

the In A connector. In the Live Time position,

5 mA of positive current during inhibit.

the end of the display dwell period, the Model

C-80 Male-to-female RS-232-C extension

the full-scale output voltage for the selected

Net 0.68 kg (1.5 lb).

the linear gate to the TAC output. Factory-set

end of reset.

the lower level discriminator from 0 to 50% of

Ron Jenkins, R.W. Gould, and Dale Gedcke,

timing signal; Zo = 50 Ω. 50-Ω coaxial cable

*See "NOTES" on Logic Current Switch, "Controls"

timing. NIM-standard slow positive logic pulse

Ordering Information

to 100,000 counts/s, and <±0.05% for counting

position is provided for suppressing low-

value. This feature provides short-circuit and

3 No connection CABLE Plugs into a standard ORTEC

voltage divider network for the tube elements.

C-25-12 50-Ω cable assembly is available as ORTEC Model 556. The mating cable, C-36-

with rise times in the range from 10 to 650 ns

when the rear-panel LL Ref mode switch is set Model Description

±0.1% of the rated voltage for all dc outputs

inline fuse is 2 A for 100 or 120 V ac, and 1 A

±35 V dc; input impedance 100 Ω, ac-coupled;

a τi<2.3 ns.

+10 V; active filter shaped and dc-restored for

internal jumper. Factory set at 0 to 10 V).

2000 Ω for a coarse gain of 5, and 1460 Ω for

+5-V logic pulse for the duration that the

4-turn potentiometer sets the width of the slow

–6 V 400 0

85% of full scale for an incoming count rate of

shaped; dc-restored; dc-level adjustable to

996 simply stops counting and waits for further

Net 0.908 kg (2.0 lb)

All six front-panel inputs listed below are dc-

Time End of delay period in Int Strobe mode;

Base connector; selection of the three possible

standard slow positive logic signals to remotely Ordering Information

INT In this position, the lower-level threshold

applied to the rear-panel LL REF EXT

In the OFF position, the state of that input is

Minimum Amplitude –600 mV.

Internal adjustments are included for the focus

amplifier, such as the Model VT120, between 3.66 m (12 ft) of RG-59A/U 75-Ω cable with

LL threshold before the constant-fraction zero-

OUTPUTS To order, specify:

Min or the Ext In rear-panel input for external

modem cable (3-meter length)

Pass Displays the number of the current pass or

Discriminator and IN.

Percent Reset Dead Time = 100 E r Treset/Ereset

(11)

The 9310-16 provides sixteen DC coupled bipolar

CONTROLS

The attenuation factor f is the fraction of the

Fig. 4. Functional Representation of a Constant-Fraction Discriminator.

accepts preamplifier signals of either polarity

provide positive, unipolar, shaped pulses with its power from a NIM Bin supplying ±24 V

accepts the master GATE signal for distribution

that contains the Segment

and all front-panel controls are disabled. This

allows counting, provided the instrument is in

another important contribution to timing jitter

statistical fluctuations in the arrival time of the pulse at the detector output. The optimum

as the leading edge of the input signal crosses

paths:

channel) Internal, printed circuit board jumper

4002A NIM Bin/Power Supply. The power

coarse gains ≥10. Input dc-coupled; protected

linear signals exceed the positive or negative

coaxial cables and amplified by fast amplifiers

BNC male plugs, 1-ft length

conditions for both portions of the instrument,

through <10 Ω, dc-coupled.

control from 0.75 to 2 μs in steps of 0.25 μs

number of units that can send data to a single computer.

displays the time if either the 0.01-SEC or the

male, D connector containing all signals for

either output into a 93-Ω circuit and measured

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

external means of gating the Start circuitry in

Shipping 3.0 kg (7 lb).

followed by 1 to 16 data records, each with the

disconnected by the CONTROL SIGNAL

for negative output 260 ns; for positive output

~10 μs.

generated by the discriminator. A "false" logic

Z >1 kΩ.

include a current foldback circuit to limit the

1 Ground

indicated in the adjacent display, each time it

during inhibit.

linear output through Zo~1.1 MΩ, capacitively-

prevent distortion on the other outputs. The SHV female plugs, 12-ft length

loading change occurs. The dc-coupled following

0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 1.0, and 2.0 μs.

locking, graduated dial provides a continuously

experiment.

of 10 for the value of N in the preset formula.

counting; 25 V maximum; driving source must 117 mA; +24 V, 161 mA; 110 V, 40 mA.

output of the last ADC in the readout loop. CLI

segment. The Segment Register

over the 0–50°C operating temperature range.

the counter or the PRESET value for

overlap the trigger edge of the signal. Factory

Net 1.4 kg (3 lb).

position locking toggle switch controls the use

GATE INPUT Rear-panel BNC connector;

position matches the rate of the PZ position at

Ordering Information

position, locking toggle switch selects a full-

OVL/SHDN ALARM (common to all chan-

positive input thresholds for Counters A and B.

SERIAL When the RS-232-C option board is

provides continuously variable, direct reading,

and DIFF REF inputs to be matched for

required constant-fraction shaping delay; total

period; variable from ≤15 to ≥1000 ns.

seconds at the end of the counting interval. At

inhibit. The input is protected to +25 V. modem cable (3-m length).

selection of the source of counts for the timer

to start the counting condition; 25 V maximum.

selects either Pos or Neg input pulse polarity.

module 3.43 X 22.13 cm (1.35 X 8.714 in.) per

serial communications interface. "On" selects 7

RESET Rear-panel BNC connector accepts

settings. Limited to 0.5 A on the 200- and 220-

advise that the temperature limit is being

signal levels for gating; dc-coupled; Z >1 kΩ.

POWER REQUIRED

standard fast negative logic pulses, 14 mA into

DIMENSIONS NIM-standard double-width

the END MARKER output to the LOAD input removes

ORDERING INFORMATION

the output voltage. The output voltage will not

approximately 2 M Ω. A voltage foldback circuit

the time taken to settle to 1% precision on the

full scale is possible with the FULL SCALE

to the input is <10 μV (typically 5 μV), with

BLR LED This feature enables the user to

toggle switch selects either the front-panel LL

provides fast NIM-standard output, nominally

transition (↑) of the X output to trigger the

logic outputs ( ) and one updating positive

used to enable or disable the parity generation

all counting sections to zero. A signal of >+3 V

via the interface option), and the Enable input

ENABLE Front-panel BNC input connector

±0.1% of rated voltage for any change in rated

8-3/4 in. 19 in. 16 in. 34 lb 26 lb

±1 V ac, ±5 V ac with X5 internal attenuator;

time in the Out position is <5 ns, equivalent to

• Reliable transmission for up to 5-meter USB

• Reliable transmission for up to 5-meter USB

5, and 465 Ω at coarse gain settings ≥10. For

BUSY Rear-panel BNC connector provides a

8.9 cm (3.5 in.) deflection; accuracy 2% of full

mA; +12 V, 30 mA; –12 V, 45 mA.

ARC = Amplitude and rise time compensated timing

SCA = Single-channel analyzer (upper and lower level discriminators

B16 B15 . . . . . B12 B11 B10 B9 B8 . . . . . B1

an ECL input and an ECL output. The input

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY For 2-μs shaping CONTROLS

leading and linear range of ±10 V; active filter

Output pulse. Variable from ≤10 to ≥1000 ns.

INPUT Front-panel BNC connector accepts

Over Range LED turning on. Measured with a pulse

Fig. 1 by replacing the detectors with a pulser having a pulse width of 300

Power Requirements ≤3 watts from PoE. Controls

Write your own special software to control the digiBASE-

Preset Displays the preset pass number that will

displayed slide bars permit

The 9309-4 provides four DC coupled bipolar non-

CONTROLS

Three basic types of preamplifiers are available

the current-sensitive preamplifier, the parasitic-capacitance preamplifier, and the

Threshold is fixed at +1.5 V. Input protected to

70 mA; –12 V, 290 mA.

Trigger Switch for Y Outputs (↓ or ↑) Allows

Y OUTPUTS ( and ) Front-panel LEMO

Two types of ratemeters are available from ORTEC

linear scale (Model 661), or combined logarithmic and linear scales (Models 449

Width of output pulse at 1% of maximum amplitude

5.6 5.0

accepts positive, unipolar or bipolar signal, 0-

The Model 850 is compatible with all ORTEC

activated by the appropriate signal level on the

TTL Mode A source supplying >+2 V or

adjacent display, each time it is pressed. M = 0

slow positive logic or dc level to control the

and 1460 Ω for coarse gains ≥10. Input is dc-

baseline restorer thresholds, or the pile-up

attenuated output line provide a 50ºC. Humidity

0 to 95%, non-condensing.

automatically until the output current is within

ORTEC Mode The input is compatible with

available only if the output amplitude is within

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

before converter reset is initiated. Factory-set

Amplitude Nominally +5 V. Complement

circuit, which provides the threshold level as a

pulse-pair resolving time ≤2 μs with 0.5-μs SCA Internally connected to amplifier output;

constant is also greatly increased to facilitate

Net 1.5 kg (3.3 lb).

constant-fraction zero-crossing time will not be

Discriminator/SCA

description for function. A circuit-board jumper

digitized ADC outputs in the form of single-

detector and preamplifier noise characteristics.

DIFF mode the preamplifier signal cable is

each output pulse to indicate active triggering.

100 mA.

graph display indicates actual output voltage at

ORTEC detectors. The TTL position is for

histogramming singles spectra from multiple ADCs

defined in the ECL Inputs/Outputs section

in the positive input position. Ext Strobe Reset

Impedance Z <10 Ω.

indicator remains on until a reset is generated.

RESET Depressing this button resets the

indicator. A signal >+3 V or open circuit allows

Model Description

linear input trailing edge plus the output Delay

Ordering Information

logic pulses, 16 mA into 50 Ω; threshold set at

and the preset condition has not been

maximum expected delay between GATE and REQ. REQ

Q. Write to the 12-bit register with F16 A13, and read with

of full scale for an incoming count rate of 1 to

o

power is on, if the negative output polarity has

INPUTS

power is on, if the positive output polarity has

polarity is changed between positive and DIMENSIONS Standard single-width NIM

pulses with a linear output range of 0 to +10 V.

front panel per DOE/ER-0457T.

pulses, selectable by front-panel toggle switch,

potentiometer adjustable from 0 to +10 V; To order, specify:

range of –50 mV to –5 V. Minimum input pulse

DIMENSIONS NIM-standard single-width Ordering Information

range output voltage of 0 to 100 V or 0 to 1 kV,

nels) Rear-panel, BNC connector provides an

received over the serial interface. If parity is

circuit is required to not reset. Protected to +25

second click stops data acquisition immediately.

input. See SCA and SCA IN.

side panel. This switch selects the baud rate at

interval. Nominally +5 V; Zo = 30 Ω.

signal levels for gating; dc-coupled; Z = 50 Ω.

Position

signal or a resistance to ground less than 75 Ω

C-36-12 RG-59A/U 75- Ω Cable with two

significant digit of a preset value where preset

overflow of the Counter section from 99,999,999

source for initiating the strobe cycle to strobe

Rise Time ≤50 ns.

switch enables the high voltage to turn on after

eliminated.

test points provide the TTL logic signal outputs

male, D connector containing all signals for

the Clear Input (CLI) signal for distribution to

(R1 to R24) data word at the F(24)·A(1) Stops the Analyze mode (data

to +10 V) for the lower-level discriminator when

resistor. module 3.43 X 22.13 cm (1.35 X 4.714 in.)

typically shifts <±0.018% for counting rates up

rate as the counting rate rises. HIGH rate

via the interface option), the Enable input must

print loop option is used, the Dwell control is

μV/°C referred to the output. Gain sensitivity

through Zo <1 Ω; amplitude to ±5 V, rise time

• Available as a nonprinting counter and timer

discriminator is included. The

• For data processing and readout control with

• Three FERA Driver modes:

• Three histogramming modes in 1-M-word memory

readout loops.

*Using an ORTEC Model 460 Amplifier, single delay

potentiometer for continuous adjustment of output to occur from the SCA. The external

GATE description for function. Differential input

Virtual Station Number for the F(26)·A(1) Starts the Analyze mode (data

NIM-standard, fast-negative logic signals, –600

To order, specify:

Offset Drift <50 ppm of Full-scale range per °C.

impedance is 1-kW to +3.3 V protected to ±5 V.

SCA outputs from 0.5 μs to 10.5 μs, relative to

Ext Strobe mode. The input signal, exceeding Amplitude Nominally +5 V. Complement

Scintillation Preamplifier that is connected to a

Model Description

Start Displayed button starts data acquisition in

or net peak areas within each region-of-interest.

Stop A single click on the displayed button stops

Use SCA Input Displayed

The ribbon cables will serve an entire crate full

“4300B mode” and the “Single-Word Readout

Width of output pulse at 50% of maximum amplitude

2.5 2.0

capacitive coupling capacitive coupling including

Hamamatsu PM55, length

circuitry. Stop circuitry is enabled in the Coinc

cycle or the Reset/Inhib pulse, whichever is SCA Front- and rear-panel connectors

digit in the display of the preset value. Pushing

B COUNTER/TIMER JUMPER Two-position Counter A. By moving the PWB Gate A jumper

event counter. The contents of the counter can be

A11-BW CONNECTIONS Programmer's Toolkit with ActiveX

function of signal noise to the baseline restorer

shaping time. impedance level of 1000 Ω .

manually reset the corresponding channel to zero.

allow a preset value for either the counter or timer model

of full scale (integral) for both discriminators.

constant-fraction timing with unipolar or bipolar

position and >1 kΩ in the positive position. The

VALID CONV Rear-panel connector provides

position or inhibited in the Anti position during

longer. A TAC output pulse in process at the provide NIM-standard slow positive logic level

provided the timer is not at its preset level and

INTERVAL Provides a positive level signal

r = R exp [–RTe] [1–U(Tne–Te) r (Tne–Te)]

(4a)

readout, a logic 1 signal is applied to clear the

generated when the address

the 0–500 V and the 0–5 kV outputs on or off.

OUTPUTS

trailing edge of the outputs within ±2 ns. Right

978 Dual Timer

±30 mV. A front-panel test point located next to

Model VT120 Fast-Timing Preamplifier

• Each downstream port is rated for both high &

• Each downstream port is rated for both high &

• Each port provides protection against current

• Each port provides protection against current

88–110 V or 191–239 V ac, 47–63 Hz, with the

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT <0.02%/°C,

ORTEC Model 572 Amplifier and 2-μs Time Constant.

clipped pulse for timing. Output generated by

There are five general classes of counting systems

counters, timers, ratemeters, multichannel scalers and time digitizers, and digital

V, and ±24 V power. The 4002D Power Supply can be

currents from the dc supplies are internally limited to 120% of

Width of output pulse at 0.1% of maximum amplitude

6.9 6.3

approximately 13 ns . Vernier Width Potentiometers

Provides fine

can be triggered well before the end of the timing

CONTROLS

circuitry. Start circuitry is enabled in the Coinc

STOP Time conversion terminated when Stop signal selectable by PWB jumper.

constant-fraction circuitry. The timing is derived

jumper selects one of three Gate Input signal

counter has fully cycled (transisiton from maximum

Pulse width adjustable from 50 ns to 1 μs.

data acquisition at the end of the current pass. A

button enables use of the SCA

data bits; "Off" selects 8 data bits. Section 6 is

standard positive logic pulse to remotely reset

drops below 1/2 of full (about 512k). DAC REGISTER

Sets the DAC Output for testing LeCroy ADCs

level and one ECL. Output width 50 ns to 10 s in 9

out

of the input signals. This amplitude and rise time

Discriminator

printed circuit board, either a 1- or 10-s display

furnishes a positive level during the counting

pulses or having quality inferior to the specified

reference input, and the front-panel INPUT

resistive-feedback, charge-sensitive preamplifier.

Amplifier Connected to the Preamplifier.

specific to a unique application. ORTEC offers the

Minimum 100 ns

unipolar or bipolar signals to ±10 V linear, ±25

determined by the Time Base Select function

variations of the following basic logic functions.

sections.

zero to full load with the specified input voltage

4001C/ NIM Bin (with copper bus

±2 ns of Start leading edge. Zin = 50 Ω. LEMO 00

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

(CHN ADV IN) determines the dwell time. The minimum

Dead Time Between Channels There is no dead time between

Dwell Displays the selected dwell time per channel.

select counting of the discriminator crossing on either the Rising

MAESTRO software (cannot be used with R-TIME SYNC).

adjusted automatically to correct for the drift. The stabilizer can

NIM Outputs Two sets of four outputs provide ≥800

DOE/ER-0457T.

Pass Length Data entry box, with up/down arrows for

filing on disk. Includes the functions for exporting or importing the

Rise of output pulse from 0.1% to maximum amplitude

2.4 2.0

The LeCroy FERA ADCs and the SILENA/ORTEC 4418Q/V/T

The LEMO inputs and outputs employ the fast negative NIM

The ScintiPack biases the cathode of the associated

chain of electronics, starting from the preamplifier input.

decade steps, with a potentiometer and locking dial

50 Ω) connector outputs provide a fast NIM

detector producing a large number of slow rise-time

connector becomes a differential ground

disables the Start Inputs when logic is TRUE within

rate is not synchronized with the input.

level where the leading edge is coincident with the

Model Description

line mode, integrate 0.1 μs with 1-μs delay line.

output delay over a 0.1- to 1.1-μs range. strobe should be given within 10 μs of the

of charge-sensitive preamplifiers are in common use

the resistive-

output is via a screwdriver adjustment on the front

Zero Front panel screwdriver adjustment; input and

rise timecases are drawn for the preamplifier pulse

zero rise time

software supports up to 8 units of the EASY-MCS. To

This control provides an efficient method for choosing the

such as NaI(Tl) which have long <±25 ps over a 100

1 dynamic range

the same crate. See functions F26 A1 and F26 A2 for

10 1024 insert clear header in data stream

to integrate the instrument into a software program

Dwell Time

• Gate – Counter runs only with a gate present.

• Using an external clock greater than 80 MHz.

142PC PC Low-noise, high-gain, charge-sensitive unit

0.6 <800 at 0 <340 at 0 25 at 0 ±7 30 ±3000

Differentiate Out, or ≅2.2 τi for other integrate

to set the Gated BLR threshold from ±50 mV ORTEC power connector, Amphenol type

Fig. 1. ORTEC Model 974A Counter/Timer Architecture.

is selected.

Live Time Up to 8.5 x 107 seconds in steps of 20 ms.

When high (true), normal acquisition occurs (cannot be used

NIM signals. Minimum Pulse width is 2 ns. Pulse pair

to:

Real Time Up to 8.5 x 107 seconds in steps of 20 ms.

with R-TIME SYNC).

between the CMC203 and the receiving module requires

0–2 000 0 4301 emulation mode, this is power up default

either the negative transition (↓) or the positive

connectors provide two updating Fast-NIM

ki = (Qi / qi) + (Qi / qi)2 [(Qi / qi) –1] (qi /n)

(13)

memory clear, ADC assignments, and FERAbus functions

to provide the Virtual Station Number,

progress), and WST is deglitched (WST must be >10 nS

delay settings to avoid skipping ADCs during readout:

• Bias voltage for germanium and silicon detectors

further protection against operator error

• Can directly drive printers having RS-232-C port

can be adjusted to suit the amplitude of a

PULSE-PAIR RESOLUTION <10 ns at the fast negative NIM

over a range of approximately ±150 mV. A WALK test jack

U {i – (1 – ßF) τs} = 1 for i > (1 – ßF) τs

(21)

and the FERAbus ADCs, the ORTEC C-ECLBUS Cable Kit is

synchronizes the analog sampling, analog-to-digital conversion,

enough to avoid significant loss of signal amplitude.

Fig. 2. Application of the Timing Filter Amplifier.

time that the event occurred. Time is measured to the

6 33k cps

when the leading edge of the input signal crosses the

Fig. 1. Integral Discriminator Output Triggering.

widths of 5-ns. Zin = 50 Ω. ECL inputs are dual pins

INDICATORS

†Results may not be reproducible if measured with a

cable. In the DIFF mode the rear-panel INPUT

• Can directly drive printers having RS-232-C ports

the TTL logic outputs of the

C/OFF/C⎯⎯ , D/OFF/D⎯⎯ , AND G/OFF/G⎯⎯ ) As

connector accepts negative Fast-NIM logic

Each multichannel scaler and time digitizer includes a

Feature EASY-MCS

Max Resolution 16,384 channels, software selectable as

Number of Counters 4 (2 in 928-COUNT2).

Programmer's Toolkits summarized in the table below to

Maximum 1300 s

Ranked in Order of Desirability (1 = optimum solution)

Directly to Spectroscopy

Table 1. Model 974A Standard NIM Digital Bus Commands.

COUNTER OVERFLOW 1, 2, 3, AND 4 Four separate

complete software package to operate the instrument in

All-in-One USB

coupled for baseline stability at high counting rates.

5 to 10

during an active count. The LOAD input can start a new

WEIGHT

not clear the histogram memory. Use F9 A2 to clear the

5 32 WST detection and deglitch mode

the input is ≤8 ns. Zout = 50 Ω. LEMO 00 connector.

3.43 x 22.13 cm (1.35 x 8.714 in) front panel per

• GT & Clear – Counter runs with gate present, the

• Using an external clock with pulse widths <3 ns.

0 = WST always detected, regardless of GATE, REQ or REO

(in, from the earliest ADC) and REO (out). Write with F16 A2

9E. Sakai, IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci.NS-15 (3), 310 (1968).

Spectrum from a Germanium Detector.

A front-panel switch permits selection of Analog Output

<1% of full scale.

INPUT (Amplifier) Rear-panel SMA connector for negative

Used during detector gain adjustment to avoid overloads while

LeCroy 3377 TDCs to measure extremely-long time ranges.

• ppout1 & ppout2 are an alternating pair of pulses, spaced by the

between the two conductors. Single-ended ECL inputs are

5

compatible with all ORTEC NIM bins. With minor mounting

integrated circuits. Fuses protect the ac inputs to the power

recommended as a separately ordered accessory. This kit

and readout of all ADCs in the FERA readout loop to form one

resolution is 4 ns. Accepts up to 250 MHz. Zin = 50 Ω.

• Using an external clock greater than 80 MHz.

selectable via the computer from 0 to +10 V with 12-bit

Sum The data set from each pass is added to the sum of the

• Blocking or updating outputs with adjustable widths

prompt input signal is attenuated to

1 = Inserted when REQ is detected. Request header format

F17 A3, and read with F1 A3.

1 = WST ignored unless REO is asserted (event readout in

with F0 A2. Default (when register value = 0) is 400 ns. Minimum

C Produces the same results as the Z command. Z and C do

4 16 send clear at end of event

EQUIVALENT INPUT NOISE <100 μV rms on the 0 to –30 mV

0 to –150 mV.

Maximum Counting Rate 150 MHz at the IN connector; 1 MHz

Pass Length The number of time bins (channels) in a single pass

Regulated dc power supplied to the attached bin by Model

the On/Off switch on the NIM bin control panel.

The ORTEC Model 4002D Power Supply is designed to supply

temperature indicator lights to turn off. Recovery from thermal

The ScintiPack Photomultiplier Base (Model 296) includes

electrodes. To provide excellent gain stability at high counting

connector. The MCS-PCI-OPT2 option offers convenient BNC

OPT2 option offers convenient BNC connections to the D

counters to zero and individual channels can be manually

The LOAD pushbutton (or LOAD input signal) will reset

histogramming memory to record the spectra from multiple

Differential non-linearity: 1/2 LSB. Endpoints factory calibrated

monitors the counting rate and adjusts the dead-time for

connector.

power cable, only a single cable is required between the

be accessed on pin 3 of the power connector, or at the BNC

producing an End Marker. Zin = 50 Ω. LEMO 00 Dimensions

NIM-Standard single width 3.43 x

reset by pushing the corresponding channel reset button.

the section 5.

voltages computer selectable from 0 to +10 V with 16-bit

centers the window around the marker in the large display for

width of the TTL pulse is non-updating. Output impedance

(1.3 in. x 4.9 in. x 5.3 in.).

• Automatic overload protection and overload indicator

Model 659 can be moved to the TTL

8- by 2-pin headers (3M 3452-6006 or AMP 499497-3) spaced

next data word.

L A LAM (Look At Me) is generated when the list-mode FIFO

REN/PASS.

ORTEC provides two basic types or classifications of SCAs

non-

Pass Count Preset Data entry box, with up/down arrows for

MCS or Buffer memory. Provides access to the SCA Sweep mode

TIMING JITTER <20 ps FWHM for a pulse amplitude at 50% of

with a voltmeter.

The ORTEC Model 266 Photomultiplier Base provides voltage

The Model 266 is compatible with most standard 10-stage

acquisition simultaneously for the CMC203 and all ADCs in

9 512 insert request header in data stream

photomultiplier base and the main amplifier location. The

connector on the rear panel of the ScintiPack.

0 = No insertion (normal mode). HISTOGRAM CONTROL REGISTER

Write to the register with

Ambient Operating Environment –10 to +60 °C at 0 to 80%

E from LabView, Visual C++, or Visual Basic. List mode operations

Because the preamplifier output signal is bundled into the

preamplifier gain of X1 or X6. The preamplifier output signal can

Bin. Mounting hardware is supplied to make the Model 4002D

crowbar circuits limit the output voltage to 7.5 V to protect

End-of-Pass Dead Time There is no dead time between passes

Lin Displayed button selects a linear vertical scale for the large,

ROUTE GATE Routes input to spectrum 1 when high (true) and

≤15 ms. This transfer is independent of the acquisition and does

See Dwell Time under Performance. A data entry box permits

linear, quadratic, or cubic calibration of the horizontal scale in

THRESH Front-panel test-point jack near the THRESH control

susceptibility, and power.

TIME SLEWING (Walk) Typically <±40 ps shift in the timing

calibrate the full-scale sensitivity. Can be used as a fine gain

baseline between pulses. The effect of the signal pulse is

Measured on the 1.33-MeV gamma-ray line from a 60Co radioactive source, using a

extended Live-Time correction according to the Gedcke- PUR

Pile-up rejection input; accepts TTL signal; signal

modifications the 4002D can be used with most standard NIM

supply.

pulses has sufficient amplitude to produce an output logic

Discriminator

scale currently selected for the large, expanded spectrum.

for setting up the SCA for a

• Normal – Counter free runs and is incremented by the

Note, if the section 5 counter has an error condition due

≥2 V with rise and fall times ≤3 ns. Output delay from

Dimensions NIM-Standard single width

ADCs require a delay in the response to the Readout Request

logic standard. Logic "0" is nominally 0 mV, and logic "1" is

ADCs. In the zero-suppressed mode, the CMC203 deciphers the

within 1/2 LSB. Serves as test voltage for LeCroy FERAbus

AMP OUT Rear-panel SMA test point suitable for oscilloscope

through a 3-meter long (9-ft.) captive power cable terminated

B16 B15 . . . . . . . . . . BN B(N–1) . . . . . . . . .B1

WST The Write Strobe input is provided by

Dimensions 2.51 in. (6.38 cm) diameter x 4.7 in. (11.94 cm)

and (2) 10 ft CAT5E Ethernet cables.

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY <±0.1% from 0 to +6.5 V into a 1-kΩ

same signal is also available on pin 3 of the power cable connector for

Interface Ethernet provides Power-over-Ethernet (PoE). RJ45

DIGIBASE-E DigiBASE-E High Performance, Digital

Module NIM : Convertisseurs temps amplitude, et calibrateur

Guide TAC

Relieves the central computer of time- and memory-consuming

The Model HM413 supports all CAMAC

SCA IN 1-MHz window discriminator (Single-Channel Analyzer)

≥50 Ω.

See Table 1. for additional CAMAC commands and functions. 4

16-bit histogram mode, maximum value 65,535 counts/bin.

The 1-million-word memory can also function as a DAC OUTPUT

Programmable from 0 to 10.2375 V with 12 bits.

To facilitate making the bus connections between the CMC203

analog signals at their respective inputs. This signal

Vert Indicates the maximum number of counts in the vertical

quick and accurate method

and data acquisition is enabled (cannot be used with R-TIME

bit is ROI bit.

becomes half full. Active only if the LAM is enabled. See 3

FIFO mode directs all data to a 1-M-word FIFO, read by

counted as they cross the discriminator threshold. Computer

synchronizing external instruments with the start of the scan. The

full scale. Measured with the same pulse shape listed under

WALK Front-panel, 15-turn, screwdriver fine tuning to minimize

impedance is 5000 Ω to +5 V. START ENABLE INPUT must be at

Net 0.6 kg (1.3 lb.).

network or active-filter networks, primarily <±1 ns for 20

1 dynamic range; <±2 ns for

stopped — left open, or high realtime, livetime, and data

Optional Software/Hardware

time constant, and an ORTEC TRUMP-2k Multichannel Analyzer.

POWER REQUIRED +12 V at 20 mA. Supplied via a captive power

timing discriminator. Measured with an input pulse width of

input discriminator threshold. Adjustable from <2% to >50% of

(PMTs) that fit its standard 14-pin tube socket. It provides

Table 1.

499498-9) spaced to match the configuration of modules. Only

0–2 010 2 modified 4301, with 2k FIFO, with external

ACQ GATE When input is low (false) real-time, live-time, and

Histogram Mode Acquisition Data is presented as a histogram

Conversion Gain Range of 256 to 2048 channels. Optional 1024

Trapezoid Shaping

Horiz Indicates the number of channels viewed in the larger,

spectrum and clicking the mouse on the Set SCA button, the SCA

Interval selectable from 40 ns to 160 μs with 12-bit, 40-ns

value in the ping-pong register.

OUTPUT NOISE <300 μV rms. Measured using an ORTEC Model 671

nominally 93 Ω in parallel with 83 pF.

Only one module on the control bus should have the pull-down

11,12 RQO output External Readout Request output5. See also

TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY The cathode-to-anode voltage changes

by moving the jumper to the TEST IN position and applying an external

The CMC203 includes several features to eliminate incomplete

the FIFO memory is full. It can be programmed to indicate other

Virtual Station Number (VSN) addresses of the ADCs to select

ADCs. Available on pin 15 of the FERA Control Bus.

Z Initializes the module. Clears the LAM flip-flop, disables

0–2 111 7

after a GATE. The time-out value must be set longer than the

signals assigned to the front-panel outputs, WSO, RQO, S and

be ordered attached to either a 4001A NIM Bin or a 4001C NIM

and short-circuit protection. On the +6 V and –6 V dc supplies,

connected to ground through 1 kΩ resistors. Interconnection

Value Value

constants from 3 to 30 μs, or delay-line-shaped with widths

Output 1, 2 Rear panel BNC outputs which act as general

correct for the drift. The stabilizer can correct for 10% of

Ordering Information

corrections which monitors the counting rate and adjusts the

negative slope. Threshold is computer adjustable from –1.6 V to

everything needed for scintillation detectors in one compact

rates, the voltages applied to dynodes 8, 9, and 10 are

input pulses. Accepts pulse widths from 250 ps to 5 ns FWHM.

maximizing pulse amplitudes.

long as the I signal is present. Used to stop and start data

8 256 Insert gate header in data stream

of occurrence of the output signals is independent of output

Fig. 6. Constant-Fraction SCA Output Triggering.

pulse, triggered by the fast-negative NIM output. The 100-ns

DIMENSIONS Approximately 3.3 cm x 12.5 cm x 13.5 cm

virtually all applications. Occasionally, it is advantageous

Package connectable Box

±5 V in amplitude on a rear-panel BNC connector. Pulses are

a scan starts, and returns to <+0.4 V after 160 ns. Useful for

1 = BUSY is also asserted when the FIFO count is greater than

ORTEC AD114, AD413A 0.5 μs

50 Ω dc-coupled capacitive coupling deflection and including

Hamamatsu R1823- length

ADCs during readout. In the CMC203, the delay for issuing the

4

D. A. Gedcke and W. J. McDonald, Nucl. Instr. and Meth. 58(2)

253 (1968).

EVENT Rising edges are counted by a 32-bit event counter. The

reference peak in the spectrum which the MCA can monitor,

Fig. 8. Background Reduction Obtained from Pile-Up Rejection.

direct-reading gain factor of X0.5 to X1.5.

START ENABLE INPUT is not connected to a signal source. Input

Weight

cancels the time-out. Otherwise, a CLEAR is issued at the end

F0 A13. A register value of 0 defaults to WSO or S = Write

circuit that can be set for 2, 4, 6, 8, or possible positions

2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 ns. Other

contains the cables and connectors needed for a crate full of

block of correlated data for the event. The duration and arrival

contents of the counter can be monitored on the Status tab in

should drift be detected, the gain and offset of the system are

controlled and variable from –1.6 V to +3 V in 1.5-mV steps

Pass Preset The instrument can be programmed to stop data

dependence leads to "time walk" of the output signal relative

Lower-Level

generated for pulse amplitudes that exceed logic pulse output

nominally +5 V amplitude

impedance is 1000 Ω to ground. Minimum pulse width is 10 ns.

analog converter to drive external devices. See Ramp Control for a

monitored on the Status tab under Adjust Controls in Controls

Write your own special software to control the

nonlinearity of the scintillator/photomultiplier combination.

93-Ω, output impedance, and are short-circuit protected. The signal

resolution. Write to the register with F16 A11, and read with

• begfo (begin FERA out) and endfo (end FERA out) are a pair of

selection of triggering on either positive or negative slope.

output is short-circuit protected, and can drive impedances

spectrum 0 when low (false). In List Mode this adds a flag to

not create dead time for the acquisition of additional data.

• Reset safety feature on remote shutdown minimizes risk of

bias voltage. Some detector

4D. A. Gedcke and W. J. McDonald, Nucl. Instr. and Meth. 55(2)

377 (1967).

9326 FastFlight in TOF-MS. Use with microchannel plates, PMTs,

50 <100 <1 ac 0 to –1

All ORTEC CAMAC instrumentation conforms to the CAMAC standard

IEEE Standard 583-1982, reaffirmed 1994, IEEE Standard

BUSY Busy input used by live-time correction circuits. Accepts

stored in its Fifo so that the computer can read successive values

Fast rise time for use with PMTs and electron multipliers. DC-

Variable

INPUT RANGE 0 to –30 mV (full scale) or 0 to –150 mV (full

INPUT RANGE (Coarse Gain) Circuit board jumper near the

Integral Non-Linearity <±0.05% over the top 99% of the range.

(Rise Time + Flat Top) should not be less than ~4 X the light

Optional TTL Input Computer selectable Coincidence mode, Anti-

Readout Control Timer and Counter live values may be polled at

The external channel advance input triggers only on a positive

Memory Capacity 1,073,741,823 counts per channel (30 bits).

adjustment, selects the number of passes that will be executed

and the display panels for Pass Control, Input Control, and Ramp

be configured to record a time sequence of spectra from one of

addressed via the CAMAC bus.

been selected). Threshold is adjustable from –1.6 to +3 V in

Power Requirements

computer. To improve the counting statistics in the histogram,

Begin, Mid, End Three displayed slide bars select the begin-, mid-,

count after a count is complete. Once started, the counter Net

1.02 kg (2.3 lb).

counts until zero is reached and then stops. The LOAD Shipping

3.7 kg (8.2 lb).

discriminator input in parallel with the output monitor via an

Models 9308, 4003, 4002P, or most ORTEC spectroscopy

distribution to essentially all 10-stage photomultiplier tubes

PMTs that fit standard 14-pin sockets, including those listed in

is non-zero, also wait until end of delay (delay starts at end

TEST GATE WIDTH REGISTER: Determines the width of the

monitoring via a 50-Ω coaxial cable terminated in 50 Ω. Test

with a 9-pin D, preamplifier power connector. This connector is

occupying the two pins in row 16. Pins 33 and 34 in row 17 are

Bit(s) Binary Decimal Meaning

purchased separately for use with existing NIM bins, or it can

their rated values by foldback circuits. This provides overload

scale. Includes the contribution of both the amplifier and the

THRESH Front-panel, 15-turn screwdriver adjustment to set the

simultaneuosly view multiple EASY-MCS units in a single PC the

optimum SCA settings without resorting to an oscilloscope. An

time clock or an External channel advance input. The Bin Width

within boundaries selected by the marker. Provides Sum, Smooth,

0 = Normal. BUSY is asserted during readout, when FIFO is full,

(11 bits)

1.5-mV steps (pulse must be >30 mV amplitude) via the computer.

The EASY-MCS is mains powered via an included power supply.

50% duty cycle. The threshold is adjustable following functions

Count, Stop, Reset,

Dead-Time Correction Software selectable for extended Live-Time

connector. Pulses are counted as they cross the discriminator

Differential Non-Linearity <±1% over the top 99% of the range.

collection time of the scintillator; i.e. NaI should not be less than

Differential Nonlinearity <±1% over the top 99% of the dynamic

Inputs and Outputs

Ramp Output Linear ramps with "begin", "mid", and "end-of-pass"

Auto Displayed button automatically adjusts the vertical scale and

accommodates the control bus for synchronizing data acquisition

5,6 RINH input External read inhibit input . See also LEMO

adjustment of the external channel advance input Threshold from

user-defined units via least-squares fitting. Allows subtraction of a

bias supply in the photomultiplier base eliminates high-voltage

photomultiplier tube.

coincidence mode, or Off. Signal must occur prior to and extend

any time from the computer. In addition, each Counter or Timer

correction according to the Gedcke-Hale method or ZDT Live-Time

threshold. Computer selection of triggering on either positive or

data collection, and clears all registers to zero. 3 8 REN mode

0 = normal, 1 = pass mode

dc power to a NIM bin when the application requires ±6 V, ±12

overload is automatic when the thermal load is reduced. Output

ideal for microchannel plates, fast photomultiplier tubes, fast

20% of its maximum amplitude. To

jitter is <3 ppm with 1 μs clock period and <5 ppm with 1 LOAD

Input that accepts positive TTL or Fast negative

readouts. If a Gate pulse is issued to the ECL Control Bus, and

conditions via the LED Assignment Register.

the desired level when the rising edge of the START IN arrives.

Shipping 2.3 kg (5 lb.).

time resolution obtainable at wide TIME WALK ≤±75 ps for 100

1 dynamic

to match the configuration of modules. The logic signals in the

5

• READOUT CONTROL MODE operates as the readout controller for

control and data output formats, as

22.15 cm (0.67 x 8.72 in.) front panel per IEEE/583-1982 (Reaff.

1 51-cm long twisted pair cable with 2-pin sockets and

<100 ppm/°C over the operating temperature range of 0 to 50°C.

pulser to the rear-panel connector. Shipped in the ANODE OUT

TTL signal; signal must occur prior to peak detect. Zin = 1 kΩ.

Operating Environment: 0 to 50°C at 0 to 80% relative humidity,

bias network, and a spectroscopy preamplifier. Incorporating the

anode voltage to achieve optimum gain stability for the entire

during a scan, or when disabled by the Start Enable Input. Input

RAMP OUT Provides an analog voltage ramp from a digital-to-

output as a function of pulse amplitude over the top 90% of full

control with approximately a 2:1 range of gain adjustment.

provide protection against overload to ±2 V dc, or ±10 V for a

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

scale spectrum display. Displayed arrow buttons permit expansion

the upper and lower limits of

sequential position in the readout format. The CMC203 can also N

Red, front-panel LED indicates the module is being

shaping is ideal for use with scintillation detectors in systems

Fig. 5. Single-Delay-Line Pulse Shaping.

voltage terminator allows the voltage step attenuation over 1000

1 range with 1%

–1.6 to +3 V in 1.5-mV steps (pulse must be >30 mV amplitude).

flat background to extract small peaks from a high background.

0.5-μs beyond the peak of the pulse; BNC connector. Zin = 1 kΩ.

has a 128 word Fifo (First in first out) buffer which holds the

449 Log/Linear 10 counts/s 10 counts/s >3 V high & <1% of average

Yes NIM-2

ECL, while inputs are single-ended ECL (active input on "+" pin).

module to read the valid data.

ECLBUS are listed below (top to bottom). Outputs are differential

LEMO S output. Triggers external memory

Electron Multipliers, Microchannel Plates, Photomultiplier Tubes,

556/556H 0 to ±3 kV, 0 to 10 mA

Fig. 18. Pulse Shapes in the Model 973 Gated-Integrator Amplifier

Maximum amplifier throughput is 73,000 counts/s for both cases.

before data acquisition automatically stops. Selectable from 1 to

Control.

expanded spectrum, and the width of the window in the small full-

levels are automatically set at

from the earliest ADC, to avoid skipping other, slower-converting

nominally –800 mV on the 50-Ω input impedance.

load; measured via the TEST input. Maximum output is +7 V into an

systems that accommodate a single-cable connection to the

• Remote shutdown feature compatible with ORTEC and TTL outputs

cable or a shorted cable as a warm

(pulse must be >30 mV amplitude). Triggering selectable for either

acquisition after a preset number of scans. The Pass Preset can

All inputs, except the fast analog IN are supplied on the 25-pin D

All outputs are supplied on the 25-pin D connector. The MCS-PCI-

Fig. 2. Noise as a Function of Input Capacitance, Measured with an

TIMING Negative or positive linear fast-

IN Fast analog signal input accepts analog or digital pulses up to

START OUT This TTL output rises from <+0.4 V to >+2.4 V when

Threshold is computer adjustable from –1.6 V to +3 V in steps of

≥50 Ω.

adjustment, selects the number of channels in a single pass (scan)

data in ASCII format.

in the card’s memory, either during or after an acquisition. The

SCA Sweep Control

rises slowly and reaches its maximum amplitude at 1.2τ. The decay

D D I I

scans are automatically repeated until the acquisition is stopped,

and end-point ramp voltages from 0 to +10 V with 16-bit

starts the counter when the MCB begins data acquisition (Model 928

Timers 1–2 Setup.

• Constant-fraction timing on signals as narrow as 1 ns FWHM —

where the input pulse has risen to

ADC Successive-approximation type with sliding scale linearization.

Maximum Counting Rate 200 MHz.

Dwell Two displayed buttons permit selection of the Internal dwell-

calculation of the centroid, gross area, and net area of a peak

Economical parasitic-capacitance preamplifier with selectable input

3.6 x 10–3to

Fast timing discriminators are useful in two different applications

a) counting narrow pulses at very high counting rates, and b)

OUTPUT RISETIME <100 ns for a fast pulser at the TEST input, or for

description.)

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT (0 to 50°C) under the following conditions

10% efficiency and differential reference inputs to be matched

Tables 1 and 2 give typical performance Integrate RC time constants

Out (equivalent

a graph showing the noise versus external capacitance for a typical

Fig. 5. System for Measuring Charge-Sensitive Preamplifier Noise.

choosing the appropriate amplifier shaping time constant. Figure 10

Amplifier Shaping Time Constant.

differential ECL logic levels (into a 120-Ω differential load) are

Interconnection of each 2-pin signal with other modules requires

positive or negative slopes on the fast analog signal IN connector.

be selected from 1 to 4,294,967,295 or turned OFF.

>0.25 μs. Zin = 1 kΩ dc-coupled. No internal delay, BNC connector.

purpose TTL outputs. Low is indicated by <0.4 V. High is indicated

Coarse Gain factor for amplifier; factors are Walk <±10 ns for a 50

1 change in output

For most applications the parameters of interest are the quantity of

removed, and the 0.01μF capacitor is replaced by a wire.)

Parasitic-capacitance preamplifier incorporated with a detector bias

2.7 x 10–4or

TTL signal; signal must occur prior to peak detect. Zin = 1 kΩ. BNC

without the fear of losing results because of sluggish computer

are typically 150 to 700 ps, and the pulse widths (FWHM) are equally

Fig. 7. Typical Timing Spectrum for Surface-Barrier Detector System.

data acquisition is stopped. When high (true), real-time, live-time,

inside the digiBASE-E. Data channels are 32-bits. Most significant

estimate of the contribution "walk" will make to the time resolution

The time resolution (FWHM) is Δt.

female, 9-pin D connectors are mounted Maximum total dc output power

120 W at

limitation on time resolution with this method. The rise time of the

Fig. 2. A Comparison of Leading-Edge Timing with Constant-Fraction

9301 microchannel plate PMTs, channeltrons, electron multipliers, and

10 50 <25 <1.5 ac >±0.7

data entry box provides selection of a range of internal dwell times.

Strip, and Normalize operations on the spectrum. Implements

essentially eliminated. The gated baseline restorer perceives that it

10% efficiency GAMMA-X PLUS detector.

of time-out regardless of the value of bit 4 in the control register.

Strobe Output and RQO or Q = Readout Request Output.

• Fast histogramming of spectral data from CAMAC ADCs equipped with

module and the Subaddress of each

• Two 8-decade counters with the configuration flexibility to serve

panel, 25-turn trimpots. The thresholds

A-IN input. This output provides the Master Sync if this digiBASE-E is

Ordering Information

Différents accessoires (câbles, adaptateurs, modules blancs, etc…)

Guide accessoires

Fig. 3. Typical Walk vs. Pulse Amplitude. Full scale is denoted by the

Fig. 4. Timing Jitter vs. Pulse Amplitude. Measured with the system in

and initiates the conversion and readout DATA IN (FERA Data Bus Input)

Front-panel 17- by 2-pin

for +6 V, –6 V, +12 V, –12 V, +24 V, –24 V, power connectors are

decreases to a safe value. A red light on

9309-4 coupled for baseline stability at high counting rates. Quad in a

50 <50 <1.5 dc

back to the R-Time source (master timer). Operating System Requirements

64-bit Windows 8.1 and 7.

independent and identical constant- threshold setting. Output impedance

Model 935 is shipped from the

resolution of the detector. This noise contribution can be minimized by

Fig. 10. The Dependence of the Preamplifier Noise Contribution on the

(i.e., E CRP = E rmax,ac) is listed for the ac-coupled preamplifier, the

Fig. 6. Typical Rise Time as a Function of Input Capacitance.

Figure 20 illustrates the basic principle of a baseline restorer. In the

Fig. 20. A Simplified Diagram of a Baseline Restorer.

Two factors control the intrinsic time resolution of germanium detectors

(a) variations

of the Model 673 Using 0.25-μs Shaping Time, Measured on a 10% Relative

INTEGRAL NONLINEARITY <±0.05%

• An 8-decade LED display provides instantaneous readout of the entire

discriminators are provided as test points

9310-16 coupled for baseline stability at high counting rates. Octal in a

10 50 <50 <1.5 dc

ORTEC offers two types of power supplies for use with NIM instrumentation

power supplies that provide operating

from the preamplifier. Detectors that typically fall in this category are

photodiodes operating with intense light pulses, photomultiplier

monitoring of the actual bias voltage with a digital voltmeter. A digital

DIMENSIONS 5.6 cm (2.2 in.) diameter X 17 cm (6.7 in.) length.

open circuit, or +3 V into a 93-Ω load. Overall linearity depends on the

spectroscopy amplifier. Both outputs have a common, ac-coupled,

ratio by attenuating high frequencies, which contain excessive noise. The

Fig. 8. RC Integration.

• Regulated dc power of ±6 V @ 10 A, ±12 V @ 3 A, and ±24 V @ 1.5 A;

±6/±12/±24 V

Three primary modes of discriminator operation are available in ORTEC SCAs

Integral, Normal, and Window. In the

the high counting rate capability of the preamplifier. There are two types

Pulsed optical feedback preamplifiers are often employed

At extremely high counting rates the processing time of the TAC and SCA may

Fig. 4. The Time Spectrum from the TAC in Figure 3.

The other photomultiplier tube bases in this group also include two outputs

a signal obtained from the

GATE is detected. VVVVVVVVVVVV is the VSN from the FERA CLEAR WIDTH REGISTER

Sets the width of the CLEAR

pass filter (Fig. 7). This improves the signal-to-noise ratio by attenuating

Fig. 7. CR Differentiation.

with normal rise times, but with amplitudes close to the leading-edge arming

Fig. 9. Signal Formation for ARC Timing.

• MONITOR MODE histograms spectra from preselected ADCs in multi-parameter

ADCs located in one or two ADC

With germanium detectors, the time required to collect all of the charge from

Vertical scale, 5 V per division; horizontal scale, 2 μs per division.

coincidence experiments, while listening to list-mode readouts on the FERAbus

modules.

events from the next stimulation pulse. (See Case 3 for the opposite situation

Ts < Td.)

• CAMAC programmable to histogram thirty-two 1k ADCs, sixteen 2k ADCs, eight

ORTEC ADCs and the LeCroy 4300B 16-

Setting the switches to the A⎯⎯ , B⎯⎯ , C⎯⎯ , D⎯⎯ , and G⎯⎯

connectors provide the noninverted (X) and CO4020 Quad 4-Input Logic Unit

Module NIM : Analyseurs mono-canal : timing, non-timing, intégral, différentiel

Guide SCA

• Over-voltage crowbar protection and energizes either the +6 V or –6 V (NOTE

Maximum input current may exceed

Module NIM : Amplificateurs pour spectrométrie en énergie et timing : mono-entrée et multiple

Guide Amplificateurs

Module NIM : Compteurs, Timers, ratemeters, carte MCS : mono-entrée et multiple, logique rapide et lente

Guide Compteurs/Timers

Module NIM : Discriminateurs rapide de timing : Leading edge, fraction constante, mono-entrée et multiple

Guide Discriminateurs

Module NIM : Délais, porte, générateur de délais, modules logiques, portes linéaires et intégrateur numérique de courant

Guide Delay, Gate, Generator, Logic